Ford - F - 650 - Owners Manual - 2023 - 2023

2024 FORD F-650 / 750 Owner's Manual The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of release. In the interest of continuous development, we reserve the right to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice or obligation. No part of this publication may be reproduced, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language in any form by any means without our written permission. Errors and omissions excepted. © Ford Motor Company 2022 All rights reserved. Part Number: -202210-20221028190435 California Proposition 65 WARNING: Operating, servicing and maintaining a passenger vehicle or off-highway motor vehicle can expose you to chemicals including engine exhaust, carbon monoxide, phthalates, and lead, which are known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm. To minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust, do not idle the engine except as necessary, service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area and wear gloves or wash your hands frequently when servicing your vehicle. For more information go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm. Wash your hands after handling. Table of Contents Child Restraint and Seatbelt Maintenance ...............................................45 Seatbelt Extensions .....................................45 Introduction About This Manual ..........................................7 Data Recording .................................................11 Perchlorate .......................................................15 Ford Credit ........................................................15 Replacement Parts Recommendation ............................................................................15 Special Notices ...............................................16 Mobile Communications Equipment ............................................................................17 Export Unique Options ................................18 Federal Highway Administration Regulation ....................................................18 Entering, Exiting or Climbing on This Vehicle ............................................................18 Keys and Remote Controls General Information on Radio Frequencies ................................................46 Remote Control ..............................................47 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control ..........................................................................48 Doors and Locks Locking and Unlocking ...............................49 Security Passive Anti-Theft System .........................51 Symbols Glossary Steering Wheel Symbols Used on Your Vehicle .................19 Adjusting the Steering Wheel ...................52 Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Adaptive Cruise Control .............................................52 Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Cruise Control ...........................................................52 Information Display Control ......................53 Horn ....................................................................53 Environment Protecting the Environment ......................22 Noise Pollution Control ...............................22 At a Glance Instrument Panel ...........................................24 Wipers and Washers Child Safety Windshield Wipers ........................................54 Windshield Washers ....................................54 General Information .....................................25 Installing Child Restraints ...........................27 Booster Seats .................................................33 Child Restraint Positioning ........................35 Child Safety Locks ........................................36 Lighting General Information .....................................55 Lighting Control .............................................55 Autolamps .......................................................56 Instrument Lighting Dimmer ....................56 Headlamp Exit Delay ...................................56 Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ..........57 Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Configurable Daytime Running Lamps ...........................................................................57 Seatbelts Principle of Operation .................................38 Fastening the Seatbelts .............................39 Seatbelt Height Adjustment .....................42 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime ............................................................43 Seatbelt Reminder .......................................43 1 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Table of Contents Automatic High Beam Control .................57 Direction Indicators ......................................58 Interior Lamps ................................................58 Playing Media Using the USB Port .........98 Charging a Device .........................................98 Storage Compartments Windows and Mirrors Overhead Console ......................................100 Power Windows ............................................60 Exterior Mirrors ................................................61 Interior Mirror ..................................................63 Sun Visors ........................................................63 Starting and Stopping the Engine General Information ....................................101 Ignition Switch ...............................................101 Starting a Gasoline Engine ......................102 Starting a Diesel Engine ............................103 Switching Off the Engine .........................104 Engine Idle Shutdown ...............................105 Engine Block Heater ...................................105 Instrument Cluster Gauges ..............................................................64 Warning Lamps and Indicators ................67 Audible Warnings and Indicators ............70 Information Displays Fuel and Refueling General Information ......................................71 Information Messages .................................75 Safety Precautions ......................................107 Fuel Quality - Diesel ...................................108 Fuel Quality - Gasoline ................................111 Running Out of Fuel - Diesel .....................112 Running Out of Fuel - Gasoline ...............112 Refueling - Diesel ..........................................112 Refueling - Gasoline ....................................114 Fuel Consumption ........................................115 Fuel Tank Selector Switch ........................116 Climate Control Manual Climate Control .............................86 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate ...........................................................................87 Heated Exterior Mirrors ...............................88 Seats Sitting in the Correct Position ..................89 Head Restraints .............................................89 Manual Seats ...................................................91 Power Seats ....................................................92 Rear Seats .......................................................94 Front Seat Armrest .......................................95 Rear Seat Armrest ........................................95 Engine Emission Control Emission Law ..................................................117 Catalytic Converter ......................................118 Selective Catalytic Reductant System Diesel ...........................................................120 Diesel Particulate Filter .............................124 Auxiliary Power Points Transmission Auxiliary Power Points ................................96 Automatic Transmission ..........................130 Power Take-Off ............................................135 USB Ports Rear Axle Locating the USB Ports ..............................98 General Information ...................................136 2 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Table of Contents 2-Speed Rear Axle ......................................136 Cruise Control What Is Cruise Control ...............................158 Switching Cruise Control On and Off .........................................................................158 Setting the Cruise Control Speed .........158 Canceling the Set Speed ..........................159 Resuming the Set Speed ..........................159 Cruise Control Indicators ..........................159 Using Adaptive Cruise Control ...............159 Pneumatic Locking Differential What Is the Pneumatic Locking Differential ..................................................137 How Does the Pneumatic Locking Differential Work ......................................137 Pneumatic Locking Differential Precautions ................................................137 Switching the Pneumatic Locking Differential On and Off ..........................137 Pneumatic Locking Differential Indicators ....................................................138 Driving Aids Driver Alert .....................................................166 Lane Keeping System ................................167 Steering ...........................................................170 Pre-Collision Assist - Vehicles With: Air Brakes ..........................................................170 Pre-Collision Assist - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes .......................................173 Brakes General Information ...................................139 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes ........................................................................140 Parking Brake ................................................140 Hill Start Assist - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes ......................................143 Air Brakes ........................................................144 Exhaust Brake ...............................................145 Trailer Brakes .................................................147 Load Carrying Load Limit .......................................................178 Air Suspension ..............................................179 Towing Towing a Trailer .............................................181 Recommended Towing Weights ...........182 Essential Towing Checks ..........................183 Fifth Wheel Operation ...............................184 Traction Control Principle of Operation .................................151 Using Traction Control - Vehicles With: Air Brakes .....................................................151 Using Traction Control - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes .......................................151 Driving Hints Principle of Operation - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes ......................................153 Principle of Operation - Vehicles With: Air Brakes ....................................................154 Using Stability Control ...............................155 General Driving Points ...............................186 Economical Driving .....................................187 Cold Weather Precautions - 6.7L Diesel .........................................................................187 Cold Weather Precautions - 7.3L ...........188 Breaking-In ....................................................188 Driving Through Water ..............................189 Parking Aids Roadside Emergencies Rear View Camera .......................................157 Hazard Flashers ...........................................190 Stability Control 3 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Table of Contents Jump Starting the Vehicle ........................190 Transporting the Vehicle ...........................192 Towing Points ...............................................193 Changing the Engine Air Filter - 6.7L Diesel ..........................................................230 Changing the Engine Air Filter - 7.3L .....232 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 6.7L Diesel ...........................................................234 Engine Coolant Check - 6.7L Diesel ......235 Engine Coolant Check - 7.3L ...................238 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check ........................................................................243 Brake Fluid Check .......................................245 Power Steering Fluid Check ...................246 Changing the 12V Battery ........................246 Adjusting the Headlamps .......................248 Washer Fluid Check ...................................249 Fuel Filter - 7.3L ...........................................249 Checking the Wiper Blades ....................249 Changing the Wiper Blades ....................250 Removing a Headlamp ............................250 Changing a Bulb .........................................250 Changing the Engine-Mounted and Diesel Fuel Conditioner Module Fuel Filters - 6.7L Diesel ..................................251 Electrical System Inspection ..................254 Air Induction System Inspection ...........255 Exhaust System Inspection ....................255 Brake System Inspection .........................256 Axle Inspection ............................................259 Steering System Inspection ...................259 Suspension System Inspection ............260 Frame and Tow Hook Inspection .........260 Rear Axle Fluid Check ...............................260 Spring U-Bolt Check ...................................261 Crash and Breakdown Information Roadside Assistance ..................................194 Automatic Crash Shutoff .........................195 Customer Assistance Getting the Services You Need ..............196 In California (U.S. Only) .............................197 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only) .....................198 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada .......................................................199 Ordering Additional Owner's Literature .......................................................................200 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only) .......................................................................200 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only) .........................................................................201 Fuses Fuse Specification Chart .........................202 Changing a Fuse ............................................211 Vehicle Inspection Guide Vehicle Inspection Information ..............213 Maintenance General Information ...................................222 Opening and Closing the Hood .............223 Under Hood Overview - 6.7L Diesel ......225 Under Hood Overview - 7.3L ...................226 Engine Oil Dipstick - 6.7L Diesel ............227 Engine Oil Dipstick - 7.3L ..........................227 Engine Oil Check ..........................................227 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter ........................................................................228 Oil Change Indicator Reset .....................229 Vehicle Care General Information ..................................262 Cleaning Products ......................................262 Cleaning the Exterior .................................263 Waxing ............................................................264 Cleaning the Engine ..................................264 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades ........................................................................265 4 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Table of Contents Cleaning the Interior ..................................265 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens ......................266 Repairing Minor Paint Damage .............266 Cleaning the Wheels .................................266 Vehicle Storage ............................................267 Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification - Diesel ...........................309 Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification - Gasoline .........................311 Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid Capacity and Specification .....................................312 Vehicle Identification Wheels and Tires Vehicle Identification Number ................313 Tire Care .........................................................269 Using Snow Chains ....................................287 Changing a Road Wheel ..........................287 Technical Specifications .........................289 Connected Vehicle Connected Vehicle Requirements .........314 Connected Vehicle Limitations ..............314 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network .......................................................314 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting .........................................................................314 Capacities and Specifications Engine Specifications - 6.7L Diesel .......291 Engine Specifications - 7.3L ....................292 Motorcraft Parts - 6.7L Diesel ................293 Motorcraft Parts - 7.3L ..............................295 Bulb Specification Chart .........................296 Engine Oil Capacity and Specification 6.7L Diesel .................................................296 Engine Oil Capacity and Specification 7.3L ...............................................................299 Cooling System Capacity and Specification - 6.7L Diesel ...................301 Cooling System Capacity and Specification - 7.3L ................................302 Fuel Tank Capacity - Diesel ....................303 Fuel Tank Capacity - Gasoline ..............304 Air Conditioning System Capacity and Specification - 6.7L Diesel ..................305 Air Conditioning System Capacity and Specification - 7.3L ................................306 Washer Fluid Specification ....................306 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Capacity and Specification ............................................307 Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification - Diesel ...................307 Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification - Gasoline .............308 Brake Fluid Specification ........................309 Audio System General Information ...................................315 Audio Unit .......................................................315 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device ..........318 Streaming Bluetooth Audio .....................318 Playing Media From a USB Device ........318 Audio Input Jack ...........................................319 USB Port ........................................................320 Using Voice Recognition ..........................320 Accessories Auxiliary Switches .......................................321 Ford Protect Ford Protect ..................................................323 Scheduled Maintenance General Maintenance Information .......325 Normal Scheduled Maintenance .........330 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance ............................................335 5 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Table of Contents Customer Information Rollover Warning ........................................345 Radio Frequency Certification Labels ........................................................................345 Warranty Information ...............................349 Appendices Electromagnetic Compatibility ..............351 End User License Agreement ................354 6 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction Note: Some aftermarket products may cause severe engine/transmission and/or exhaust system damage; refer to your warranty information for more information. ABOUT THIS MANUAL Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it. Your new diesel engine will feel, drive and function somewhat differently than a gasoline engine. Therefore it is very important that you read and thoroughly familiarize yourself and others operating the vehicle with this guide. There is a special procedure for turning off the diesel engine. See Starting a Diesel Engine (page 103). It is important to read and understand this material in order to maintain the best service life for your engine. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Ford may discontinue models or change specifications without any notice and without incurring obligations. Note: Either Ford Motor Company or an authorized Ford dealer may have originally sold this incomplete vehicle to a vehicle modifier who upfitted it. As a result, some of the options and features on this vehicle may differ from what we describe in this manual. Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations. This manual may qualify the location of a component as left-hand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat. Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle. Note: Your vehicle’s powertrain control systems can detect and store information about vehicle modifications that increase horsepower and torque output such as whether or not performance-enhancing powertrain components commonly referred to as performance chips have been used. This information will stay in the system’s memory and cannot be erased even if the modification is removed. Ford Motor Company, Ford of Canada, Ford of Mexico and service or repair facilities can retrieve this information when servicing your vehicle. Ford Motor Company may use this information to determine if your warranty covers any needed repairs. 7 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction The fuel and water separator removes both water and impurities from the fuel. The engine-mounted filter filters finer impurities from the diesel fuel. The engine-mounted fuel filter and the frame-mounted fuel filter should be changed at the recommended service interval or when indicated by the information display LOW FUEL PRESSURE message. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). The fuel and water separator should be drained at regular intervals (recommended at every oil change) or when indicated by the information display and water in fuel indicator light. See Fuel Quality (page 108). E154903 A Right-hand side. B Left-hand side. Warnings Proper fuel filter maintenance and prompt water draining when the water in fuel light illuminates is essential to prevent injection equipment damage. Ignoring the water in fuel light or the information display message WATER IN FUEL DRAIN FILTER can cause your vehicle to go into a reduced power mode. WARNING: Throughout this guide, you will find warnings identified by the warning symbol. Warnings remind you to be especially careful to reduce the risk of personal injury. A frame-mounted electric fuel pump located inside the fuel and water separator draws fuel from the fuel tank to provide pressurized fuel to the engine. The fuel pump contains a pressure relief valve for overpressure protection in the event of restricted flow. Diesel Engine Information The diesel engine fuel system is a pressurized two-stage filtration system and consists of: • • • • • • A frame-mounted Fuel and Water Separator primary filter with an electric fuel pump and water drain An engine-mounted secondary fuel filter A fuel injector for each cylinder (8 total) A high-pressure fuel pump A high-pressure fuel rail for each cylinder bank (2 total) Numerous high-pressure pipes from the high-pressure pump to the rails, and rails to the injectors The fuel injection system is controlled through the powertrain control module. Engine Protection Mode Ford diesel engines are equipped with engine protection and emission control systems. These systems monitor critical temperatures and pressures, and modify engine operation accordingly. These modified engine performance characteristics are normal. 8 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction If these modified engine performance characteristics persist for an extended period and either the service engine soon or powertrain malfunction, reduced power, electronic throttle control light is illuminated, have the system checked by an authorized dealer. Selective catalytic reduction system Your vehicle is equipped with a selective catalytic reduction system designed to reduce emission levels of nitrogen oxides from the exhaust of your diesel engine. This system relies on the use of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) that you must replenish at certain intervals. Failure to maintain proper DEF levels or if the DEF becomes contaminated will result in vehicle speed limitations or result in your vehicle entering an idle-only mode. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). Service engine soon E67028 Powertrain malfunction, reduced power, electronic throttle control Diesel Lubrication System Minor Troubleshooting Guide It is important to change the engine oil at the recommended service intervals or when indicated by the information display to maintain oil viscosity. Extending the oil and filter change interval beyond the recommended interval can negatively affect engine performance, fuel economy and engine life. See Engine Oil Check (page 227). If the engine won’t crank WARNING: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. Turn on the headlights. If the lights are dim, do not go on at all or when the ignition is turned to the start position, the lights become dim or go out, the battery connections may be loose or corroded, or the battery may be discharged. If there is a clicking or stuttering sound coming from the engine compartment when you turn the key to the start position, this may also indicate a loose or corroded battery connection. Engine and secondary cooling system The cooling system contains a primary cooling loop to cool the engine and a secondary cooling loop to cool the transmission, charge air, and fuel. The coolant serves three primary purposes: to provide heat transfer, freeze point protection, and corrosion protection using additives. Vehicles with diesel engines typically are used to carry heavy loads and accumulate mileage rapidly. These two factors may cause the additives in the coolant to wear out in a shorter time. You can find more information about coolant additives and coolant change intervals in the coolant chapter. See General Maintenance Information (page 325). Operating the engine with insufficient coolant or coolant additive can cause severe engine damage. Check the battery connections at the battery posts, cable connection to the engine grounding point and at the starter connection. If you suspect a discharged battery, have it checked and corrected. 9 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction • • • The gearshift lever must be in P (Park) or N (Neutral) in order for the starter to operate. Try operating the starter switch several times. This operation may clean potentially corroded contacts or make the switch temporarily operable until you can reach the dealer. If all electrical connections are tight and you need assistance to start, See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 190). • • • • • • If fuses burn out If engine cranks but won’t start WARNING: Replacement fuses and circuit breakers must always be the same rating as the original equipment shown. Never replace a fuse or circuit breaker with one of a higher rating. Higher rated fuses or circuit breakers could allow circuit overloading in the event of a circuit malfunction, resulting in severe vehicle damage or personal injury due to fire. Prolonged starter cranking (in excess of 10 seconds) could cause damage to the starter motor or the high-pressure fuel pump. • • Check the fuel gauge. You may be out of fuel. If the gauge shows that there is fuel in the tank, the trouble may be in the electrical system or the fuel system. If equipped with an auxiliary tank, be sure that the tank control switch is set for the tank with fuel and not on an empty tank. Leaving your ignition key turned to on for over two minutes without starting may make starting difficult because the glow plugs will cease activation. Reset the system by turning the ignition key to off and then back to on again. Burned-out or blown fuses usually indicate an electrical short-circuit, although a fuse may occasionally burn out from vibration. Insert a second fuse. If this fuse immediately burns out and you cannot locate the cause, return your vehicle to your dealer for a circuit check. See Changing a Fuse (page 211). Selective catalytic reduction system speed limit and Idle-only modes Note: If the system is out of fuel and the engine will not start, do not continue cranking the engine. Continued cranking can damage the high-pressure fuel pump. If the vehicle’s speed is limited or in an idle-only mode, the selective catalytic reduction system may be limiting the vehicle’s functions due to low or contaminated DEF. Check the DEF. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). If the engine runs hot The following could cause the engine to overheat: • • • • Lack of coolant Dirty cooling system. Plugged radiator fins, A/C condenser and/or oil cooler Malfunctioning fan drive 10 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving with frozen coolant Sticking thermostat Overloading or pulling heavy trailers during hot weather Grill or radiator air blockage Slipping or missing drive belt Plugged or very dirty air filter Introduction Data recorded includes, for example: • Operating states of system components, for example, fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level. • Vehicle and component status, for example, wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration and seatbelt status. • Events or errors in essential systems, for example, headlamps and brakes. • System responses to driving situations, for example, airbag deployment and stability control. • Environmental conditions, for example, temperature. DATA RECORDING WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector. We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of going to print, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the regional Ford website for the latest information. Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example, an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person. Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs. Service Data Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, for example, your contact information, to offer you products or services that may interest you. Data may be provided to our Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair. Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings. 11 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction Event Data service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities, and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest you, where permitted by law. For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries. This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: • How various systems in your vehicle were operating; • Whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal; and • How fast the vehicle was traveling; and • Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel. This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation. 12 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder. to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed. Comfort, Convenience and Entertainment Data We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide. Services That Third Parties Provide Your vehicle has electronic control units that have the ability to store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe. Vehicles With a Connectivity Device (If Equipped) The connectivity device has a SIM. The connectivity device was enabled when your vehicle was built and periodically sends messages to stay connected to the cell phone network. These messages could include information that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial number of the connectivity device. Cell phone network service providers could have access to additional information, for example, cell phone network tower identification. E314755 Comfort and Convenience Data Data recorded includes, for example: • Seat and steering wheel position. • Climate control settings. • Radio presets. Entertainment Data Note: The connectivity device continues to send this information unless you disable the connectivity device. To find out more about having the connectivity device disabled, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. See Connected Vehicle (page 314). Data recorded includes, for example: • Music, videos or album art. • Contacts and corresponding address book entries. • Navigation destinations. If FordPass is connected to your vehicle, Ford also receives additional information, for example, location and vehicle data. See FordPass Terms and Privacy Policy. For additional information about our privacy policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or refer to your local Ford website. Services That We Provide If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example, account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data 13 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction Note: To stop the connectivity device from sharing this information, for example, location and vehicle data, see your Connectivity Settings through the FordPass app. You may also remove the vehicle from your FordPass account. If you connect a cell phone to the system, the system creates a profile that links to that cell phone. The cell phone profile enables more mobile features and efficient operation. The profile contains, for example, data from your phonebook, read and unread text messages and call history, including history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. Note: The service can be unavailable or interrupted for a number of reasons, for example, environmental or topographical conditions and data plan coverage. If you connect a media device, the system creates and retains a media device index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity. Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit www.FordConnected.com. Note: If you plan to no longer use your vehicle, for example, by selling or donating it, remember to remove the vehicle from your FordPass account. If you recently purchased the vehicle and want to disable or establish new connectivity, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center through the FordPass app or by using the e-mail address on the local Ford website. The cell phone profile, media device index and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when you connect your cell phone or media device. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you use the master reset function to erase the stored information. Vehicles With SYNC System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle's module. Mobile Device Data If you connect a mobile device to your vehicle, you can display data from your device on the touchscreen for example, music and album art. You can share your vehicle data with mobile apps on your device through the system. For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to your local Ford website. Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit www.FordConnected.com. The mobile apps function operates by your connected device sending data to us in the United States. The data is encrypted and includes the vehicle identification number of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial number, odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain it only as long as necessary to provide the service, to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement and to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law. Vehicles With an Emergency Call System When the emergency call system is active, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to the emergency call system may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to emergency services operators your vehicle location or other 14 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction details about your vehicle or crash to assist emergency services operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the emergency call system. REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging. Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call systems that are required by law. PERCHLORATE Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, seatbelt pretensioners and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal. Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual. For more information visit: Web Address www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications. FORD CREDIT Collision Repairs US Only We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents happen sometimes. Ford Credit/Ford Pro FinSimple offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire our vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit/Ford Pro FinSimple, thank you for your business. Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection and dent resistance. During vehicle development we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts. For assistance: • Call 1-800-727-7000. • For more information about Ford Credit and access to the online Account Manager tool, visit www.ford.com/finance. • For more information about Ford Pro FinSimple, visit https://fordpro.com/en-us/financing/. Warranty on Replacement Parts Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty. 15 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector The Ford Warranty may not cover damage caused to your vehicle as a result of failed non-Ford parts. For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty. WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector. SPECIAL NOTICES New Vehicle Limited Warranty Vehicles sold in the United States and Canada For a detailed description of what is covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty, see your warranty guide that is available online. For more information, refer to our website and download your copy of the warranty guide. Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link Connector that is used in conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for vehicle diagnostics, repairs and reprogramming services. Installing an aftermarket device that uses the data link connector during normal driving for purposes such as remote insurance company monitoring, transmission of vehicle data to other devices or entities, or altering the performance of the vehicle, may cause interference with or even damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of unapproved aftermarket plug-in devices. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused by an aftermarket plug-in device. Vehicles sold outside the United States and Canada For a detailed description of what is covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty, see the warranty guide that is provided to you along with your Owner’s Manual. Special Instructions For your added safety, your vehicle comes with sophisticated electronic controls. Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles WARNING: You risk death, fire, or serious injury to yourself and others if you do not follow the instruction highlighted by the warning symbol. WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. WARNING: NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. 16 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction Use of your light truck as an ambulance, without the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package voids the Ford New Vehicle Limited Warranty and may void the emissions warranties. In addition, ambulance usage without the preparation package could cause high underbody temperatures, over-pressurized fuel and a risk of spraying fuel, which could lead to fires. WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your vehicle has the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, it is indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label is on the driver side door pillar or on the rear edge of the driver door. You can determine whether the ambulance manufacturer followed our recommendations by directly contacting that manufacturer. Before you drive your vehicle, please read this Owner’s Guide carefully. Your vehicle is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury or death. Using Your Vehicle With a Snowplow MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT Do not use this vehicle for snowplowing. Your vehicle does not have a snowplowing package. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Using Your Vehicle as an Ambulance If your light truck has the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, it may be utilized as an ambulance. We urge ambulance manufacturers to follow the recommendations of our Incomplete Vehicle Manual, Ford Truck Body Builder’s Layout Book and the Qualified Vehicle Modifiers (QVM) Guidelines as well as pertinent supplements. For additional information, please contact the Truck Body Builders Advisory Service at http://www.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas/ and then by selecting Contact Us or by phone at 1–877–840–4338. Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can 17 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Introduction enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios. and regulations to your intended use for the vehicle, and to arrange for the installation of required equipment. The dealer has information about the availability of equipment which can be ordered for your vehicle. ENTERING, EXITING OR CLIMBING ON THIS VEHICLE EXPORT UNIQUE OPTIONS WARNING: Do not carry items while entering, exiting or climbing. Make sure you keep a firm grip. Always face the vehicle step and handle system while climbing up and down. Do not climb behind the cab unless you have three point contact with a step and handle system at all times. For your particular global region, your vehicle may be equipped with features and options that are different from the features and options that are described in this Owner’s Manual. A market unique supplement may be supplied that complements this book. By referring to the market unique supplement, if provided, you can properly identify those features, recommendations and specifications that are unique to your vehicle. This Owner’s Manual is written primarily for the U.S. and Canadian Markets. Features or equipment listed as standard may be different on units built for export. Refer to this Owner’s Manual for all other required information and warnings. You must be careful and deliberate to minimize the possibility of personal injury from a slip and fall when entering, exiting or climbing on your vehicle. Always use the steps and assist handles before climbing. Do not skip any steps or assist handles. Use three point contact at all times with at least two feet and one hand or two hands and one foot firmly placed during all phases of entering, exiting or climbing. Always keep your shoe soles and hands clean. Keep the steps and assist handles free of snow, ice, oil, grease, substances or debris. Be sure to take extra care in bad weather. Avoid wearing thick gloves. Always perform trailer hook-up while standing on the ground. FEDERAL HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION REGULATION Regulations such as those issued by the Federal Highway Administration or issued pursuant to the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSHA), and state and local laws and regulations may require additional equipment for the way you intend to use your vehicle. It is the responsibility of the registered owner to determine the applicability of such laws 18 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Symbols Glossary Child safety door lock or unlock SYMBOLS USED ON YOUR VEHICLE Child seat lower anchor These are some of the symbols you may see on your vehicle. E139211 Airbag Child seat tether anchor E141128 E67017 Air conditioning system Cruise control E162384 E332905 E231157 Air conditioning system lubricant type Do not open when hot E139219 Anti-lock braking system Electric Parking brake E67020 E139212 Avoid smoking, flames or sparks Engine air filter E139220 Battery Engine coolant E67021 Battery acid Engine coolant temperature E139227 E103308 Blower motor Engine oil E67022 E139209 Brake fluid - non petroleum based Explosive gas E139221 Brake system Fan warning E67024 E139228 Brake system Fasten seatbelt E270480 E71880 Cabin air filter Flammable E139223 E231160 Check fuel cap Front fog lamps 19 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Symbols Glossary Fuel pump reset E67028 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Note operating instructions Fuse compartment E72343 E139214 Hazard flashers Panic alarm Headlamp high beams Parking aid E75790 E67019 E139213 Headlamps on Parking lamps E71341 E270968 Heated rear window Passenger airbag activated E270849 Hill descent control Passenger airbag deactivated E163171 E270850 Horn control Power steering fluid E270945 Interior luggage compartment release Power windows front/rear E139216 Jack Power window lockout E139231 E139225 Keep out of reach of children Requires registered technician E231159 E161353 Lighting control Safety alert E65963 See Owner's Manual Low fuel level E72021 See Service Manual Low tire pressure warning E139232 E231158 Side airbag Maintain correct fluid level E139229 20 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Symbols Glossary Shield the eyes E167012 Stability control E138639 Stability control off E130458 Trail control E332910 E67018 Turn Signal Windshield defrosting system E73953 Windshield wiping system E270969 Windshield wash and wipe E270967 21 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Environment Cooling System PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT • Sustainability is a priority at Ford. We are constantly looking for ways to reduce our impact on the planet while providing customers with great products and delivering a strong business. You should play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim. • • Inspect the fan for blade damage. If you find any damage, replace with the recommended parts. Inspect for fan-to-shroud interference and any damage to shroud, such as cracks and holes. Do not change fan ratio or alter fan spacer dimensions and positions. Inspect fan clutch for proper operation. Make sure the fan is disengaged when cooling of the engine is not required. Inspect radiator shutters (if equipped) for proper operation. The shutters should be open during normal operating temperatures. For additional information about our sustainability progress and initiatives, visit www.sustainability.ford.com. • NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL Engine Valve covers and block covers damp-out engine mechanical noise. If they need replacing, make sure to replace them with the recommended parts. Check for mechanical isolations. In order to keep to the federal exterior noise regulations, your vehicle may be equipped with noise emission items. Depending on your vehicle configuration, it may have all or some of the following items: Transmission Enclosure Air Intake System Inspect for cracks, holes and tears. Clean any deposits, such as oil, dirt and stones. Inspect the air cleaner. Do not alter its location. Do not alter inlet and outlet piping. Exhaust System • Body • Inspect wheel well splash shields, cab shields and under hood insulation for deterioration, dislocation and orientation. • 22 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Inspect for leaks at various joint connections and loose clamps. Perform a visual inspection for cracks or holes in the muffler and tail pipe. Always use the recommended replacement parts. Environment • • Do not change the tail pipe elbow or offset tail pipe orientation from the standard position as originally received. To avoid abnormal changes in vehicle sound levels, it is necessary for the owner to perform inspections and necessary maintenance at specified intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). 23 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing At a Glance INSTRUMENT PANEL E307565 A Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators (page 58). Wiper lever. See Windshield Wipers (page 54). B Information display control. See Information Display Control (page 53). C Instrument cluster. See General Information (page 71). D Gearshift lever. See Automatic Transmission (page 130). E Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers (page 190). F Audio unit. See Audio System (page 315). G Climate controls. See Climate Control (page 86). H Auxiliary switches. See Auxiliary Switches (page 321). I Ignition. See Ignition Switch (page 101). J Horn. See Horn (page 53). K Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel (page 52). L Cruise control. See Cruise Control (page 158). M Lighting control. See Lighting Control (page 55). 24 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety GENERAL INFORMATION (CPST) to make sure that you properly install the child restraint in your vehicle and that you consult your pediatrician to make sure you have a child restraint appropriate for your child. To locate a child restraint fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll free at 1-888-327-4236 or go to www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll free at 1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in child restraints made especially for their height, age and weight, may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child. See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children. WARNING: Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child. WARNING: All children are shaped differently. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, base their recommendations for child restraints on probable child height, age and weight thresholds, or on the minimum requirements of the law. We recommend that you check with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk. 25 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children Child Child Size, Height, Weight, or Age Recommended Restraint Type Infants or toddlers Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger). Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat). Small children Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Use a belt-positioning booster seat. Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least Larger children 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer). • • You are required by law to properly use child restraints for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada. Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle. • • 26 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest, and seat backrest upright. When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in a rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in a front seating position. When installing a rear facing child restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference between the child restraint and the vehicle seat in front of the child restraint. Child Safety INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS WARNING: Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained. Child Restraints When installing a child restraint with seatbelts: • Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that seating position. • Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until the latch engages. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. • Keep the buckle release button pointing up and away from the child restraint, with the tongue between the child restraint and the release button, to prevent accidental unbuckling. • Place the vehicle seat in the upright position before you install the child restraint. • This vehicle does not require the use of a locking clip. E142594 Use a child restraint, sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat, for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger). Using Seatbelts WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Perform the following steps when installing the child restraint with seatbelts: WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death. Note: Although the child restraint illustrated is a forward facing child restraint, the steps are the same for installing a rear facing child restraint. 27 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety 3. While holding the shoulder and lap belt portions together, route the tongue through the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Make sure that you did not twist the belt webbing. E142528 1. Position the child restraint in a seat with a seatbelt. E142531 4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle, the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from, for that seating position until the latch engages. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it. E142529 2. Pull down on the shoulder belt and then grasp the shoulder belt and lap belt together. E142875 5. To put the retractor in the automatic locking mode, grasp the shoulder portion of the belt and pull downward until you pull all of the belt out. 6. Allow the belt to retract to remove slack. The belt clicks as it retracts to indicate it is in the automatic locking mode. E142530 28 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety 7. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is in the automatic locking mode. You should not be able to pull more belt out. If the retractor is not locked, unbuckle the belt and repeat Steps 5 and 6. E142534 10. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement. E142533 8. Remove remaining slack from the belt. Force the seat down with extra weight, for example, by pressing down or kneeling on the child restraint while pulling up on the shoulder belt in order to force slack from the belt. This is necessary to remove the remaining slack that exists once you add the extra weight of the child to the child restraint. It also helps to achieve the proper snugness of the child restraint to your vehicle. Sometimes, a slight lean toward the buckle helps to remove remaining slack from the belt. 9. If the child restraint has a tether strap, attach it. We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic. Using Cinch Tongue Seatbelts WARNING: Do not place a rearward facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 29 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. Child Safety WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death. E162708 2. Slide the tongue up the webbing. WARNING: Always use both the lap and shoulder portion of the seatbelt in the center seating position. Note: The following applies to the rear center position of Super Cab and Crew Cab vehicles and the front center position of all vehicles. The belt webbing below the tongue is the lap portion of the seat belt. The belt webbing above the tongue is the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt. E142530 3. While holding both shoulder and lap portions next to the tongue, route the tongue and webbing through the child restraint according to the child restraint manufacturer's instructions. Make sure that you did not twist the belt webbing. E142528 1. Position the child restraint in the front center seat. E142531 30 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety 4. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle, the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from, or that seating position until the latch engages. Make sure the tongue is latched securely by pulling on it. 8. Before placing the child in the seat, forcibly move the seat forward and back to make sure the seat is securely held in place. To check this, grab the seat at the belt path and attempt to move it side to side and forward and back. There should be no more than 1 in (2.5 cm) of movement. 9. Check from time to time to be sure that there is no slack in the seatbelt. The shoulder belt must be snug to keep the lap belt tight during a crash. We recommend checking with a NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician to make certain the child restraint is properly installed. In Canada, check with Transport Canada for referral to a Child Car Seat Clinic. E142533 Using Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children 5. While pushing down with your knee on the child restraint, pull up on the shoulder belt portion to tighten the lap belt portion of the seat belt. 6. Allow the seatbelt to retract and remove any slack in the belt to securely tighten the child restraint in the vehicle. 7. If the child restraint has a tether strap, attach it. The Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system has three vehicle anchor points: • • Two lower anchors where the vehicle seat backrest and seat cushion meet, called the seat bight. One top tether anchor behind that seating position. Your vehicle does not have the lower anchor points in the seat bight. For this vehicle, use the vehicle seatbelt and upper tether to secure a child restraint. Using Tether Straps Many forward-facing child restraints include a tether strap which extends from the back of the child restraint and hooks to an anchoring point called the top tether anchor. Tether straps are available as an accessory for many older child restraints. E142534 31 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety Attaching the Tether Strap Contact the manufacturer of your child restraint for information about ordering a tether strap, or to obtain a longer tether strap if the tether strap on your child restraint does not reach the appropriate top tether anchor in the vehicle. 1. Route the child restraint tether strap over the back of the seat. Note: For vehicles with adjustable head restraints, route the tether strap under the head restraint and between the head restraint posts. Otherwise, route the tether strap over the top of the seat backrest. If the top of the child restraint hits the head restraint, raise the head restraint to let the child restraint fit further rearward. The passenger seats of your vehicle may have built-in tether strap anchors behind the seats as described below. The tether strap anchors in your vehicle are in the following positions: Regular Cab 2. Locate the correct anchor for the selected seating position. 3. You may need to pull the seat backrest forward to access the tether anchors. Make sure the seat is locked in the upright position before installing the child restraint. E345911 Crew Cab E345904 Super Cab E214601 4. Remove the tether cover. E345910 Attach the tether strap only to the appropriate tether anchor as shown. The tether strap may not work properly if attached somewhere other than the correct tether anchor. Once you install the child restraint using the seatbelt, you can attach the top tether strap. E214602 32 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety 5. Clip the tether strap to the anchor as shown. If the tether strap is clipped incorrectly, the child restraint may not be retained properly in the event of a crash. 6. Tighten the child restraint tether strap according to the manufacturer's instructions. If you do not anchor the child restraint properly, the risk of a child being injured in a crash greatly increases. E142595 If your child restraint system has a tether strap and the child restraint manufacturer recommends its use, we also recommend its use. • • • BOOSTER SEATS • WARNING: Do not put the shoulder section of the seatbelt or allow the child to put the shoulder section of the seatbelt under their arm or behind their back. Failure to follow this instruction could reduce the effectiveness of the seatbelt and increase the risk of injury or death in a crash. • Always use booster seats in conjunction with your vehicle lap and shoulder belt. Types of Booster Seats Use a belt-positioning booster seat for children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child safety restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age 4 and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer). Many state and provincial laws require that children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). E68924 • Booster seats should be used until you can answer YES to ALL of these questions when seated without a booster seat: 33 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Can the child sit all the way back against their vehicle seat backrest with knees bent comfortably at the edge of the seat cushion? Can the child sit without slouching? Does the lap belt rest low across the hips? Is the shoulder belt centered on the shoulder and chest? Can the child stay seated like this for the whole trip? Backless booster seats Child Safety If your backless booster seat has a removable shield, remove the shield. If a vehicle seating position has a low seat backrest or no head restraint, a backless booster seat may place your child's head (as measured at the tops of the ears) above the top of the seat. In this case, move the backless booster to another seating position with a higher seat backrest or head restraint and lap and shoulder belts, or consider using a high back booster seat. • Children and booster seats vary in size and shape. Choose a booster that keeps the lap belt low and snug across the hips, never up across the stomach, and lets you adjust the shoulder belt to cross the chest and rest snugly near the center of the shoulder. The following drawings compare the ideal fit (center) to a shoulder belt uncomfortably close to the neck and a shoulder belt that could slip off the shoulder. The drawings also show how the lap belt should be low and snug across the child's hips. E70710 E142596 34 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing High back booster seats If, with a backless booster seat, you cannot find a seating position that adequately supports your child's head, a high back booster seat would be a better choice. Child Safety E142597 If the booster seat slides on the vehicle seat upon which it is being used, placing a rubberized mesh sold as shelf or carpet liner under the booster seat may improve this condition. Do not introduce any item thicker than this under the booster seat. Check with the booster seat manufacturer's instructions. WARNING: Always carefully follow the instructions and warnings provided by the manufacturer of any child restraint to determine if the restraint device is appropriate for your child's size, height, weight, or age. Follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions and warnings provided for installation and use in conjunction with the instructions and warnings provided by your vehicle manufacturer. A safety seat that is improperly installed or utilized, is inappropriate for your child's height, age, or weight or does not properly fit the child may increase the risk of serious injury or death. CHILD RESTRAINT POSITIONING WARNING: Airbags can kill or injure a child in a child seat. Never place a rear-facing child seat in front of an active airbag. If you must use a forward-facing child seat in the front seat, move the vehicle seat upon which the child seat is installed all the way back. When possible, all children age 12 and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. If all children cannot be seated and restrained properly in a rear seating position, properly restrain the largest child in the front seat. WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash, which may result in serious injury or death. WARNING: Never use pillows, books, or towels to boost a child. They can slide around and increase the likelihood of injury or death in a crash. 35 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety WARNING: Always restrain an unoccupied child seat or booster seat. These objects may become projectiles in a crash or sudden stop, which may increase the risk of serious injury. WARNING: Never place, or allow a child to place, the shoulder belt under a child's arm or behind the back because it reduces the protection for the upper part of the body and may increase the risk of injury or death in a crash. WARNING: To avoid risk of injury, do not leave children or pets unattended in your vehicle. Recommendations for attaching child safety restraints for children Restraint Type Combined child and seat weight Use any attachment method as indicated below by X LATCH (lower anchors and top tether anchor) LATCH (lower anchors only) Safety belt Safety belt Safety belt and top and LATCH only tether (lower anchor anchors and top tether anchor) Rear facing Up to 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg) X Rear facing Over 65 lb child seat (29.5 kg) X Forward facing child seat Up to 65 lb (29.5 kg) X Forward facing child seat Over 65 lb (29.5 kg) X Note: The child seat must rest tightly against the vehicle seat upon which it is installed. It may be necessary to lift or remove the head restraint. See Head Restraints (page 89). CHILD SAFETY LOCKS (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: You cannot open the rear doors from inside if you have put the child safety locks on. 36 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Child Safety E162719 The child safety locks are on the rear edge of each rear door. You must set the lock separately for each door. Move the lock control up or down to engage or disengage the child safety lock. Note: To make sure the child safety lock is on, pull the inside door handle twice to verify the door does not open. Note: To open the rear doors from inside the vehicle when the child lock is engaged, roll down the rear window and use the outside door handle. Or have someone outside the vehicle open the door. 37 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION WARNING: Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person. WARNING: Always drive and ride with the seat backrest upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained. WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death. WARNING: When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. WARNING: All occupants of the vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death. WARNING: Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them. WARNING: Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident. WARNING: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly. All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt. The safety belt system consists of: • Lap and shoulder safety belts. • Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode, (except driver safety belt). 38 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts • • Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions. Safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions. 2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle. Using the Seatbelt with Cinch Tongue (Front Center and Rear Center Seats Only) E71880 • Safety belt warning light and chime. The cinch tongue slides up and down the belt webbing when the belt is stowed or while putting seatbelts on. When the lap and shoulder seatbelt is buckled, the cinch tongue allows the lap portion to be shortened, but pinches the webbing to keep the lap portion from getting longer. The cinch tongue is designed to slip during a crash, so always wear the shoulder belt properly and do not allow any slack in either the lap or shoulder portions. FASTENING THE SEATBELTS The front outboard and rear safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. Before you can reach and latch a lap and shoulder belt having a cinch tongue into the buckle, you may have to lengthen the lap belt portion of it. E142587 1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure you securely fasten the tongue in the buckle. E162708 1. To lengthen the lap belt, pull some webbing out of the shoulder belt retractor. 2. While holding the webbing below the tongue, grasp the tip (metal portion) of the tongue so that it is parallel to the webbing and slide the tongue upward. 3. Provide enough lap belt length so that the tongue can reach the buckle. E142588 39 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts Fastening the Cinch Tongue WARNING: Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. 1. Pull the lap and shoulder belt from the retractor so that the shoulder belt portion of the seatbelt crosses your shoulder and chest. 2. Be sure the belt is not twisted. If the belt is twisted, remove the twist. 3. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle for your seating position until you hear a snap and feel it latch. 4. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened to the buckle by pulling on the tongue. E208768 Insert the tongue into the correct buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from). To lengthen the belt, turn the tongue at a right angle to the belt and pull across your lap until it reaches the buckle. To tighten the belt, pull the loose end of the belt through the tongue until it fits snugly across the hips. While you are fastened in the seatbelt, the lap and shoulder belt with a cinch tongue adjusts to your movement. However, if you brake hard, turn hard, or if your vehicle receives an impact of 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the seatbelt will become locked and help reduce your forward movement. Lap Belts WARNING: Always drive and ride with your seatback upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips. E208769 Shorten and fasten the belt when not in use. The front center lap belt does not adjust automatically. 40 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy The safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt has the first type of locking mode. The front outboard passenger and rear outboard seat seatbelts have both types of locking modes described as follows: WARNING: Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure. Vehicle Sensitive Mode This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph (8 km/h) or more, the combination seatbelts will lock to help reduce forward movement of the driver and passengers. In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract. If the retractor does not unlock, pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat backrest or push the seat backrest cushion away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position. E142590 Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelt. Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest. Automatic Locking Mode Seatbelt Locking Modes In this mode, the shoulder belt automatically prelocks. The belt still retracts to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver seatbelt or optional front center or rear center seatbelt. WARNING: If your vehicle is involved in a crash, have the seatbelts and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. 41 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode Energy Management Feature • Use this mode any time a child safety seat, except a booster, is installed in passenger front or rear seating positions. Properly restrain children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. See Child Safety (page 25). This vehicle has a seatbelt system with an energy management feature at the front outboard seating positions to help further reduce the risk of injury in the event of a head-on crash. The front outboard seatbelt systems have a retractor assembly that is designed to pay out webbing in a controlled manner. This feature is designed to help reduce the belt force acting on the occupant’s chest. • How to Use the Automatic Locking Mode SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT WARNING: Position the safety belt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash. E142591 1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt. 2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until you pull the entire belt out. 3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the seatbelt is now in the automatic locking mode. How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle sensitive (emergency) locking mode. E145664 Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. To adjust the shoulder belt height: 1. 42 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Pull the button and slide the height adjuster up or down. Seatbelts 2. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place. SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME This lamp illuminates and an indicator chime will sound if the E71880 driver seatbelt has not been fastened when the vehicle's ignition is turned on. Conditions of operation If Then The driver seatbelt is not buckled before The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and the ignition switch is turned to the on posithe indicator chime sounds for a few tion... seconds. The driver seatbelt is buckled while the warning lamp is illuminated and the indicator chime is sounding... The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime turn off. The driver seatbelt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position... The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime remain off. The system uses information from the front passenger sensing system to determine if a front seat passenger is present and therefore potentially in need of a warning. To avoid activating the Belt-Minder feature for objects you place in the front passenger seat, only the front seat passengers receive warnings as determined by the front passenger sensing system. SEATBELT REMINDER Belt-Minder™ This feature supplements the safety belt warning function by providing additional reminders that intermittently sound a tone and illuminate the safety belt warning light when you are in the driver seat or you have a front seat passenger and a safety belt is unbuckled. If the Belt-Minder warnings expire (warnings for about five minutes) for one passenger (driver or front passenger), the other passenger can still cause the Belt-Minder feature to turn on. 43 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts If... Then... You and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts before you switch the ignition on or less than 1-2 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on... The Belt-Minder feature will not activate. You or the front seat passenger do not The Belt-Minder feature activates, the buckle your safety belts before your vehicle safety belt warning light illuminates and a reaches at least 6 mph (9.7 km/h) and 1-2 warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every minutes elapse after you switch the ignition 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes on... or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts. The safety belt for the driver or front The Belt-Minder feature activates, the passenger is unbuckled for about 1 minute safety belt warning light illuminates and a while the vehicle is traveling at least 6 mph warning tone sounds for 6 seconds every (9.7 km/h) and more than 1-2 minutes 25 seconds, repeating for about 5 minutes elapse after you switch the ignition on... or until you and the front seat passenger buckle your safety belts. Before following the procedure, make sure that: • The parking brake is set. • The transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N). • The ignition is off. • The driver and front passenger safety belts are unbuckled. Deactivating and Activating the Belt-Minder Feature WARNING: While the system allows you to deactivate it, this system is designed to improve your chances of being safely belted and surviving an accident. We recommend you leave the system activated for yourself and others who may use the vehicle. 1. Switch the ignition on. Do not start the vehicle. 2. Wait until the safety belt warning light turns off (about one minute). After Step 2, wait an additional 5 seconds before proceeding with Step 3. Once you start Step 3, you must complete the procedure within 30 seconds. 3. For the seating position you are switching off, buckle then unbuckle the safety belt three times at a moderate speed, ending in the unbuckled state. After Step 3, the safety belt warning light turns on. Note: The driver and front passenger warnings switch on and off independently. When you perform this procedure for one seating position, do not buckle the other position as this will terminate the process. Read Steps 1 - 4 thoroughly before proceeding with the programming procedure. 44 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seatbelts 4. While the safety belt warning light is on, buckle and then unbuckle the safety belt. After Step 4, the safety belt warning light flashes for confirmation. • This will switch the feature off for that seating position if it is currently on. • This will switch the feature on for that seating position if it is currently off. SEATBELT EXTENSIONS WARNING: Persons who fit into the vehicle's seatbelt should not use an extension. Unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of a crash. WARNING: Only use extensions provided free of charge by our dealers. The dealer will provide an extension designed specifically for this vehicle, model year and seating position. The use of an extension intended for another vehicle, model year or seating position may not offer you the full protection of your vehicle's seatbelt restraint system. CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child safety seat systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle and child restraint seatbelts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seat backrest (if equipped), child safety seat LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint. WARNING: Never use seatbelt extensions to install child restraints. WARNING: Do not use extensions to change the way the seatbelt fits across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier to reach. If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fasten the seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an extension that is compatible with the seatbelts is available free of charge from our dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions made by the original equipment seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your authorized dealer if your extension is compatible with your vehicle restraint system. We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Properly care for seatbelts. See Vehicle Care (page 262). 45 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage. Intelligent Access (If Equipped) The system uses a radio frequency signal to communicate with your vehicle and authorize your vehicle to unlock when one of the following conditions are met: • You activate the front exterior door handle switch. • You press the luggage compartment button. • You press a button on the transmitter. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. If excessive radio frequency interference is present in the area or if the transmitter battery is low, you may need to mechanically unlock your door. You can use the mechanical key blade in your intelligent access key to open the driver door in this situation. See Remote Control (page 47). The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range. One of the following could cause a decrease in operating range: • Weather conditions. • Nearby radio towers. • Structures around the vehicle. • Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle. The radio frequency used by your remote control can also be used by other radio transmitters, for example amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, wireless remote controls, cell phones, battery chargers and alarm systems. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key. Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended. 46 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls REMOTE CONTROL WARNING: If the battery compartment does not securely close, stop using the remote control and replace it as soon as possible. In the meantime, keep the remote control away from children. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent. Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries. E107998 E195660 Note: If there are problems with the remote entry system, make sure to take all remote entry transmitters with you to an authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem. Note: If your vehicle is fitted with the E-Guard Cargo Protection System™, the remote transmitter unlock command only unlocks the front doors. The side or rear cargo doors can only be unlocked from outside your vehicle using the key. Changing the Remote Control Battery E195662 WARNING: Keep batteries away from children to prevent ingestion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If ingested, immediately seek medical attention. 1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover. Note: Do not remove the rubber cover and circuit board from the front housing of the remote entry transmitter. 47 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Keys and Remote Controls Sounding the Panic Alarm Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board. 2. Remove the old battery. E138624 Press the button to sound the panic alarm. Press the button again or switch the ignition on to turn it off. Note: The panic alarm operates regardless of the ignition position. REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle. E195661 3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the symbols inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully engaged in the housing. 4. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter. Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed key from your vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally. Car Finder Press the button twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm. E138623 48 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Doors and Locks Locking the Doors LOCKING AND UNLOCKING You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle. E138623 Press the button to lock all the doors. The direction indicators flash. Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors lock. The doors lock again, the horn sounds and the direction indicators flash if all the doors lock. Power Door Locks (If Equipped) The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels. Mislock If any door is open or if the hood is open on vehicles with an anti-theft alarm or remote start, the horn sounds twice and the lamps do not flash. A B Smart Unlocks (If Equipped) E163049 A Unlock. B Lock. This feature helps prevent you from locking yourself out of your vehicle if your key is still in the ignition. When you open the driver door and lock your vehicle with the power door lock control, all the doors lock, then unlock if your key is still in the ignition. Remote Control (If Equipped) Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage Unlock) You can still lock your vehicle with the key in the ignition by: • Using the manual lock on the door. • Locking the driver door with a key. • Using the lock button on the remote control. Press the button to unlock the driver door. E138629 Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors. The direction indicators flash. Autolock Press and hold both the lock and unlock buttons on the remote control for four seconds to disable or enable two-stage unlocking. Disabling two-stage unlocking allows all vehicle doors to unlock with one press of the button. The direction indicators flash twice to indicate a change to the unlocking mode. The unlocking mode applies to the remote control. Autolock locks all the doors when all of the following occur: • All doors are closed. • The ignition is on. • The vehicle reaches a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h). 49 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Doors and Locks Autolock repeats when: • The vehicle is stopped. • Any door opens and closes while the ignition is on. • The vehicle reaches a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h). 7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds indicating programming is complete. Note: You can also switch this feature on or off using the instrument cluster display. See Information Displays (page 71). Autounlock The interior lamps and select exterior lamps illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote entry system. Illuminated Entry Autounlock unlocks all the doors when all of the following occur: • All the doors are closed and your vehicle is moving at a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h). • Your vehicle comes to a stop. • You open the driver door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to the accessory position. The illuminated entry system turns off the lights if: • The ignition is on. • You press the remote control lock button. • 25 seconds have passed. The dome lamp does not turn on if the control is in the off position. Note: If you open the driver door after 10 minutes, autounlock does not unlock all other doors. The lights do not turn off if: • You turn them on with the dimmer control. • Any door is open. Enabling or Disabling Autounlock You can enable or disable the autounlock feature in the instrument cluster display or an authorized dealer can do it for you. Battery Saver The battery saver turns off the interior lamps 10 minutes after you switch the ignition off if a door is open and the dome lamp switch is on. It turns off the interior lamps after 10 minutes if the dome lamp switch is off. To enable or disable autounlock, do the following: 1. Switch the ignition on. 2. Press the power door unlock control three times. 3. Switch the ignition off. 4. Press the power door unlock control three times. 5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds indicating your vehicle is in programming mode. 6. Press the power door lock control and within five seconds, press the power door unlock control. The horn sounds once if disabled or twice if enabled. 50 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Security PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM Replacement Keys Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems could result in engine starting problems and a loss of security protection. The integrated keyhead transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that starts your vehicle. Your vehicle may have two integrated keyhead transmitters. If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys become lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys. Note: Prevent these objects from touching the coded key when starting your vehicle. Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain could result in vehicle starting problems, especially if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs. Store an extra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place. To purchase additional spare or replacement keys, contact an authorized dealer. If you have a spare key, you need to program it. See Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control (page 48). Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle. SecuriLock® The system helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle. Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting. A message may appear in the information display. If you are unable to start your vehicle with a coded key, it is not operating correctly. A message may appear in the information display. Automatic Arming The system arms when you switch the ignition off. Automatic Disarming The system disarms when you switch the ignition on with a coded key. 51 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Steering Wheel ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL CRUISE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH: ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL WARNING: Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving. Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. See Sitting in the Correct Position (page 89). E191337 See Using Adaptive Cruise Control (page 159). CRUISE CONTROL - VEHICLES WITH: CRUISE CONTROL E359744 1. Unlock the steering column. 2. Adjust the steering wheel to the position you prefer. 3. Lock the steering column. E191329 See What Is Cruise Control (page 158). 52 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Steering Wheel INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROL E191336 See Information Displays (page 71). HORN You can activate the horn by pressing on the steering wheel E270945 near the horn icon. Some vehicles may also have a horn button on the instrument panel near the lighting control. 53 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wipers and Washers WINDSHIELD WIPERS WINDSHIELD WASHERS Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on. Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash. Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades. Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield. E172818 • • • A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid. A brief press and hold causes the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid. A long press and hold turns on the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds. A wipe occurs a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. See Information Displays (page 71). E172816 • • Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat. Rotate away from you for a long wipe interval. Rotate toward you for a short wipe interval. Speed Dependent Wipers When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases. 54 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Lighting GENERAL INFORMATION LIGHTING CONTROL Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure. Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation. E142449 A Lamps off. B Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps and rear lamps. C Headlamps. Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions. Examples of acceptable condensation are: • The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets). • A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens. Headlamp High Beam Examples of unacceptable condensation are: • A water puddle inside the lamp. • Streaks, drip marks or large droplets present on the interior of the lens. If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. E308790 E67019 Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on. Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off. 55 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Lighting Flashing the Headlamp High Beam Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps When you switch the autolamps on, the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of switching the wipers on. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off. The headlamps do not turn on with the wipers: • During a single wipe. • When using the windshield washers. • If the wipers are in intermittent mode. E311233 Note: If you switch the autolamps and the autowipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate. Slightly pull the lever toward you and release it to flash the headlamps. AUTOLAMPS INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example daytime fog. The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are on the lighting control. E291299 Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light situations or when the wipers operate. E296433 Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position. HEADLAMP EXIT DELAY After you switch the ignition off, you can switch the headlamps on by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you. You will hear a short tone. The headlamps will switch off automatically after three minutes with any door open or 30 seconds after the last door has been closed. You can cancel this feature by pulling the direction indicator lever toward you again or switching the ignition on. The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on. Note: If you switch the autolamps on, you cannot switch the high beams on until the system turns the low beams on. 56 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Repeatedly press one of the buttons to adjust the brightness. Lighting 3. The transmission is not in park (P) for vehicles with automatic transmissions or you release the parking brake for vehicles with manual transmissions. 4. The lighting control is in the autolamps position. 5. The headlamps are off. DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS VEHICLES WITH: DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS (DRL) WARNING: The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Make sure you switch the headlamps on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash. The other lighting control switch positions do not turn on the daytime running lamps. If the daytime running lamps are off in the information display, the lamps stay off in all switch positions. AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) The system turns the lamps on in daylight conditions. To switch the system on, switch the lighting control to any position except headlamps. WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the high beams on or off. DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS VEHICLES WITH: CONFIGURABLE DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS The system turns on high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present. If it detects an approaching vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps, or street lighting ahead, the system turns off high beams before they can distract other road users. Low beams remain on. WARNING: The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Make sure you switch the headlamps on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash. Note: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction or damage. Note: The system may not operate properly in cold or inclement conditions. You can switch on the high beams by overriding the system. Switch the daytime running lamps on or off using the information display. See General Information (page 71). Note: If the system detects a blockage, for example bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, the system goes into low beam mode until you clear the blockage. A message may appear in the information display if the camera is blocked. The daytime running lamps turn on when: 1. The lamps are on in the information display. 2. You switch the ignition on. 57 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Lighting Note: Using much larger tires or equipping vehicle accessories such as snowplows can modify your vehicle's ride height and degrade automatic high beam control performance. Switch the lighting control to the autolamps position. See Autolamps (page 56). A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, continuously monitors conditions to turn the high beams on and off. Push the lever away from you to switch between high beam and low beam. Overriding the System Automatic High Beam Indicator Once the system is active, the high beams turn on if: • The ambient light level is low enough. • There is no traffic in front of your vehicle. • The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 32 mph (51 km/h). E146105 The indicator illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist. DIRECTION INDICATORS The system turns the high beams off if: • The ambient light level is high enough that high beams are not required. • The system detects an approaching vehicle's headlamps or tail lamps. • The vehicle speed falls below approximately 27 mph (44 km/h). • The system detects severe rain, snow or fog. • The camera is blocked. E311431 Switching the System On and Off E67018 Switch the system on using the information display. See Information Displays (page 71). Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators. Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times. INTERIOR LAMPS The lamps turn on under the following conditions: • You open any door. • You press a remote control button. E142451 58 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Lighting Map Lamps E163273 Dome and Map Lamps E163274 Press the button to switch the lamps on or off. 59 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors Note: Perform one-touch up recalibration with the door closed. Calibrating with the door open causes the window to bounce back continuously. POWER WINDOWS (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. To reset the function after the battery recharges: 1. Pull the switch all the way up. 2. Hold the switch until the glass stops and continue to hold for two seconds. 3. Press the switch down and operate the window to the full down position. One-touch up is now functional. WARNING: When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in the proximity of the window openings. Bounce-Back (If Equipped) The window stops and reverses if it detects an obstruction. Overriding the Bounce-Back Feature WARNING: If you override bounce-back, the window does not reverse if it detects an obstacle. Take care when closing the windows to avoid personal injury or damage to your vehicle. E163056 Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise. Pull up the window switch and hold within a few seconds of the window reaching the bounce-back position. The window travels up with no bounce-back protection. The window stops if you release the switch before the window fully closes. Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window. One-Touch Up or Down (If Equipped) Press or lift the switch fully and release it. Press or lift it again to stop the window. Window Lock (If Equipped) Note: The window may disable for up to five minutes if you cycle it up and down repeatedly. This helps prevent damage to the motor. Normal operation resumes once the motor cools. Press the control to lock or unlock the rear window controls. Restoring the One-Touch Up Function You may lose the one-touch function if the vehicle battery is low. 60 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors EXTERIOR MIRRORS B Auxiliary Convex Mirrors A C E163059 A Left mirror. B Off. C Right mirror. To adjust a mirror: 1. Rotate the control to select the mirror you want to adjust. 2. Adjust the position of the mirror. 3. Return the control to the center position to lock mirrors in place. E208233 Foldaway Exterior Mirrors Convex mirrors are a ball-stud design for precise adjustment to maximize viewing area. For tight parking conditions, you can push the mirror toward the door window glass. Before driving, make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position. Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) Power Folding Mirrors (If Equipped) WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. E163060 1. Rotate the control so the dots line up. 2. Pull the control back to fold the mirrors in or out. 61 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Windows and Mirrors Telescoping Mirrors (If Equipped) Note: If you repeatedly fold and unfold the mirrors several times within one minute, the system may disable to protect the motors from overheating. It resets to normal function automatically within three to five minutes. You can also fold a mirror manually by pushing it toward the door window glass. After you manually adjust the mirror, you need to reset it. To reset the power folding mirror system and return it to its normal function: • Fold the mirror manually by pushing it toward the door window glass. • Use the power fold control to fold and unfold the mirror two or three times. The mirror makes a sound as it resets. E163061 This feature lets you extend the mirror about 3 in (76 mm). It is useful when towing a trailer. You can manually pull out or push in the mirrors to the desired position. Heated Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped) PowerScope™ Power Telescoping Mirrors (If Equipped) See Heated Exterior Mirrors (page 88). Signal Indicator Mirrors (If Equipped) This feature lets you position both mirrors in or out at the same time. The control is on the door trim panel. The outer portion of the appropriate mirror housing blinks when you use the direction indicator. Clearance Lamps (If Equipped) The lower, outer part of the mirror housings light when you switch on the headlamps or parking lamps. E163062 62 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A A Telescope out. B Telescope in. B Windows and Mirrors To adjust the mirrors: • Press and hold the control. • When you position the mirrors in or out, the motors run as long as you hold the control. The running motors allow you to make adjustments as needed. • After positioning the mirrors, return the control to the center position to help protect the motors from overheating. SUN VISORS Slide-on-rod (If Equipped) INTERIOR MIRROR (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: Do not adjust the mirror when your vehicle is moving. E138666 Rotate the sun visor toward the side window and extend it rearward for extra shade. Note: Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side. Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce glare at night. 63 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Instrument Cluster GAUGES 2.3 Inch Display E219638 A Engine oil pressure gauge. B Engine coolant temperature gauge. C Fuel gauge. D Transmission fluid temperature gauge. E Speedometer. F Information display. See General Information (page 71). G Tachometer. 64 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Instrument Cluster 8 Inch Display E299699 A Engine oil pressure gauge. B Engine coolant temperature gauge. C Fuel gauge. D Configurable gauge. E Speedometer. F Information display. See General Information (page 71). G Tachometer. 65 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Engine Oil Pressure Gauge Low Fuel Reminder Indicates engine oil pressure. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the pressure gauge falls below the normal range, stop your vehicle, switch off the engine and check the engine oil level. Add oil if needed. If the oil level is correct, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer. A low fuel level reminder displays and sounds when the distance to empty reaches 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi (40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km) for all vehicle keys. Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Distance to Empty Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in driving pattern can cause the value to not only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time. WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Configurable Gauge Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge Indicates transmission fluid temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the transmission fluid temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as possible and verify the airflow is not restricted by snow or debris blocking airflow through the grille. Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool. Special operating conditions such as snowplowing, towing, or off-road use may cause higher than normal operating temperatures. See Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance (page 335). Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is in the fuel tank. The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located. To lower the transmission temperature into the normal range, alter the severity of your driving conditions. Operating the transmission for extended periods with the gauge in the higher than normal area may cause internal transmission damage. If the gauge continues to show high temperatures, see an authorized dealer. Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a slope. 66 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Brake System Diesel Exhaust Fluid Gauge Indicates the fluid level in the diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank. WARNING: Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It may take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury. Voltmeter Displays electrical system voltage. WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information. E209041 checked. Check Suspension (If Equipped) Illuminates when you press the air suspension dump switch. Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and operate the same as a warning lamp but do not illuminate when you start your vehicle. E208808 Cruise Control Anti-Lock Braking System If it illuminates when you are E67020 driving, this indicates a malfunction. Your vehicle continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E71340 Illuminates when you switch on this feature. See What Is Cruise Control (page 158). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (If Equipped) Illuminates with the key in the ON position, when the fluid is E163176 contaminated or the level falls below 1.0 gal (3.8 L). Refill the tank or, at a minimum, add at least 1.0 gal (3.8 L) in the tank. Automatic Regeneration Control (If Equipped) Illuminates when you switch it off. Direction Indicator E208811 Illuminates when you switch on the left or right direction indicator, or when you switch on the hazard warning flashers. Check for a burned out bulb if the indicators stay on or flash faster. Battery E67018 If it illuminates when driving, it indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have the system immediately checked. E67021 67 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Indicates low brake fluid level or a brake system malfunction. Have the system immediately Instrument Cluster Door Ajar High Beam Displays when the ignition is on and any door is not completely closed. Illuminates when you switch on the high beam headlamps. It flashes when you use the headlamp flasher. E67019 Electronic Locking Differential (If Hydromax Equipped) If the light illuminates and remains on when the key is in the on position or the engine is running, this indicates inadequate hydraulic booster pressure or reserve pump system failure. Stop the vehicle as soon as possible and have your vehicle checked. Illuminates when using the electronic locking differential. E146190 E163170 Engine Coolant Temperature If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. See Engine Coolant Check (page 238). idk E103308 Low Fuel Level Illuminates when the fuel level is low or the fuel tank is nearly empty. Refuel as soon as possible. Engine Oil Pressure Parking Brake Warning If it illuminates with the engine running, or when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch off the engine. Check the engine oil level. E67022 Briefly illuminates when you switch the ignition to the on E208810 position, with the engine off. It also illuminates when you apply the parking brake. If the park brake lamp does not illuminate at these times, seek immediate service. Vehicles with the power parking brake option: If the park brake warning lamp begins to blink after setting the parking brake, this may indicate a failure in the parking brake system. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury. Note: Do not resume your journey if it illuminates despite the level being correct. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Exhaust Brake On (If Equipped) E171217 The exhaust brake indicator light illuminates when you switch the exhaust brake on. Fasten Seatbelt E71880 Parking Lamps Illuminates and a tone sounds to remind you to fasten your seatbelt. E71341 68 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Illuminates when you switch the low beam headlamps or the parking lamps on. Instrument Cluster Powertrain Malfunction/Reduced Power/Electronic Throttle Control Traction Control Indicator Flashes during a traction control event. (If Equipped) E138639 Illuminates in the event of a powertrain fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. possible. Service Engine Soon If it illuminates when the engine is running, the on-board diagnostics system notifies you that the emission control system requires service. Traction Control System Off If it flashes, engine misfire may be occurring. An increase in exhaust gas temperatures can damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle immediately serviced. Trailer Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) E67028 Illuminates when you switch the system off. E194301 Briefly illuminates when you switch on the ignition, and only E209040 when you connect a PLC trailer or a PLC diagnostic tool. If the light fails to illuminate, remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash, have the system immediately serviced. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether your vehicle is ready for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing. Transmission Tow/Haul Illuminates when you switch on tow/haul. If the light steadily E246592 flashes, have the system immediately serviced, damage to the transmission could occur. Normally, it illuminates until the engine is cranked and turns off if no malfunctions are present. However, if after 15 seconds it flashes eight times, this indicates that your vehicle is not ready for inspection and maintenance (I/M) testing. Two Speed Axle (If Equipped) See Catalytic Converter (page 118). Stability Control Indicator (If Equipped) E208809 The two speed axle indicator comes on when you switch the low axle range on. Flashes during operation. Wait to Start (If Equipped) E138639 Illuminates when you switch the ignition on as part of the pre-start system. Wait until the wait to start indicator turns off before attempting to start vehicle. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 69 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Instrument Cluster Parking Brake On Warning Chime WARNING: Do not use starting fluid, for example ether, in the air intake system. Such fluid could cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury. Sounds when you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately. Water in Fuel (If Equipped) Illuminates when the fuel filter/water separator has a significant quantity of water in it. If the light illuminates when the engine is running, stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible, shut off the engine, then drain the fuel filter/water separator. Allowing water to stay in the system could result in extensive damage to, or failure of, the fuel injection system. WARNING: Do not drain the water-in-fuel separator while the engine is running. Failure to follow this warning may result in fire, serious injury, death or property damage. AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS Headlamps On Warning Chime Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver's door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on. Key in Ignition Warning Chime Sounds when you open the driver's door and you have left the key in the ignition. 70 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Information Display Controls GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E184451 • • Note: Trailer options are not available if your vehicle speed is greater than 3 mph (5 km/h). • • Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu. Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu. Press the left arrow button to exit a menu. Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages. This icon shows the feature's on or off status. A check in the box E204495 indicates the feature is on, and unchecked indicates the feature is off. 2.3 Inch Display Menu Note: Some options could appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional. Main Menu Trip 1 Trip 2 Fuel Economy Driver Assist Settings 71 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Trip 1 or 2 • • • • Displays the following of an individual journey. • • • • • Digital speed. Distance. Time. Distance to empty. Average fuel economy. Instant fuel economy. Average fuel economy. Average speed. Distance to empty. Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy. Driver Assist Displays the following: Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy. • • • • • Fuel Economy Displays the following: Progressive range select. Engine hours. Voltmeter. Maintenance monitor. Oil Temp. Settings Settings Vehicle Auto Regen Select Your Setting Lighting Locks FordPass Windows Wiper Controls Displ. Settings Units Select Your Setting Temperature Language 8 Inch Display Menu Note: Some options could appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional. 72 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Main Menu MyView Trip/Fuel Truck Info Settings MyView MyView Trip 1 Fuel Economy Configure MyView For more options, press the OK button. Trip/Fuel Trip/Fuel Trip 1 Trip 2 Fuel Economy Fuel History Trip 1 or 2 Fuel Economy Displays the following of an individual journey. Displays your instant fuel usage as a bar graph and average mpg. • • • • Fuel History Trip timer. Distance to empty. Trip odometer. Average fuel economy. Displays your fuel usage based on time. The graph is updated each minute with the fuel economy that you achieved during 30 minutes of driving. Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy. 73 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Truck Info Truck Info Gauge View Digital Speedometer Engine Information Maintenance Monitor Transmission Temperature • Engine information shows engine hours, engine idle hours and engine oil temp and oil life. Settings Settings Driver Alert Turn On or Off Pre-Collision Select Your Setting Cruise Control Select Your Setting Gauge Selection Select Your Setting Advanced Settings Vehicle Lighting Select Your Setting Locks FordPass Windows Wiper Controls Displ. Settings Measurement Units Temperature Units Tire Pressure Language 74 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Select Your Setting Information Displays Press the OK button to acknowledge and remove some messages from the information display. The information display will automatically remove other messages after a short period of time. INFORMATION MESSAGES Note: Not all messages will display or be available depending on your vehicle options and instrument cluster type. The information display may abbreviate or shorten certain messages. You need to confirm certain messages before you can access the menus. E184451 Adaptive Cruise Control Message Action Adaptive Cruise Malfunction The radar requires service and is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging. Adaptive Cruise Not Available A condition exists such that the adaptive cruise cannot function properly. Adaptive Cruise Not Available Sensor Blocked See Manual You have a blocked sensor due to inclement weather, ice, mud or water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. Normal Cruise Active Adaptive Braking Off The system has disabled the automatic braking. Verify the system is on, if the message continues to display have the system checked as soon as possible. Front Sensor Not Aligned The radar requires service and is preventing the adaptive cruise control from engaging. 75 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Message Action Adaptive Cruise - Driver Resume Control The adaptive cruise has reinstated controls to the driver. Take control of your vehicle. Adaptive Cruise Speed Too Low to Activate Your vehicle speed is too low to activate the adaptive cruise. Increase your vehicle's speed to use the system. Adaptive Cruise Shift Down The adaptive cruise is automatically adjusting the gap distance and you need to shift the transmission into a lower gear. Automatic Engine Shutdown Message Action Vehicle Shuts Off In {seconds:#0} Seconds The engine is getting ready to shut off. Vehicle Shut Off to Save Energy The engine has shut off to help increase fuel economy. Vehicle Shuts Off in {seconds:#0} Seconds Press Ok to Override The engine is getting ready to shut off. Press and hold the OK button to override the system. 76 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Battery and Charging System Message Action Check Charging System The charging system requires service. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, have the system checked as soon as possible. Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off The battery management system detects an extended low-voltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to help improve system voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will operate again as normal. Turn Power Off To Save Battery The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery stateof-charge recovery. Diesel Messages WARNING: When the Exhaust Filter Cleaning message appears in the information display, do not park near flammable materials, vapors or structures until filter cleaning is complete. 77 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Message Action Exhaust Filter Cleaning Your vehicle has entered the cleaning mode. Various engine actions raises the exhaust temperature in the diesel particulate filter system to burn off the particles, exhaust soot. After the vehicle burns the particles off, the exhaust temperature returns to normal levels. Exhaust Filter Overloaded Drive to Clean The diesel particulate filter is full of particles, exhaust soot, and you are not Exhaust Filter Overloaded Clean Now operating the vehicle in a manner that allows normal cleaning. Drive the vehicle Exhaust Filter at Limit Clean Now above 30 mph (48 km/h) until the message clears. Exhaust Filter at Limit Drive to Clean Now Exhaust System Overheated Stop Safely NOW The exhaust system temperature exceeded the intended operating range. If this warning occurs, a tone sounds, followed by reduced engine power. The engine shuts down when your vehicle speed is below 3 mph (5 km/h). Stop the vehicle as soon as safely possible. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Engine Warming Please Wait {seconds:00} In extremely cold weather, typically below sec -15°F (-26°C) and if the engine block heater is not utilized, your engine will not respond to accelerator pedal movement for a short period of time. This restriction allows your engine to properly circulate the oil to avoid engine damage. Exhaust Filter Drive Complete The diesel particulate filter is clean. Exhaust Filter Cleaned The diesel filter is clean, operator commanded regeneration only. Exhaust Filter Cleaning Stopped The manual regeneration process has stopped, operator commanded regeneration only. DEF Level Low Range: distance imperial:###0 mi Refill Now The distance you can travel before depleting the remaining diesel exhaust fluid. DEF Level Low Range: distance metric:###0 km Refill Now 78 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Message Action DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:#0 MPH in distance imperial:###0 mi The diesel exhaust fluid is nearing empty. Your vehicle's top speed will become limited in the displayed distance. You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed metric:#0 km/h in distance metric:###0 km DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:#0 MPH Upon Restart The remaining diesel exhaust fluid has depleted. Upon restart, your vehicle speed is now limited. You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed metric:#0 km/h Upon Restart DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:#0 MPH The diesel exhaust fluid is empty. You must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). DEF Level Empty Speed Limited to avg speed metric:#0 km/h DEF Level Empty Engine Idled Soon The selective catalytic reduction system detects low exhaust fluid. The engine will eventually enter into an idle only mode. You must replenish diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). DEF Level Empty Engine Idled See Manual The selective catalytic reduction requires service and is causing your vehicle to enter an idle-only mode. If the exhaust fluid is empty, you must replenish the diesel exhaust fluid to resume normal operation of your vehicle. See Selective Catalytic Reductant System (page 120). DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed The selective catalytic reduction system imperial:#0 MPH in distance imperial:###0 requires service. The system displays your mi vehicle's top speed limit and distance before limitation. Have the system checked DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed as soon as possible. metric:#0 km/h in distance metric:###0 km 79 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Message Action DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:#0 MPH Upon Restart The selective catalytic reduction system requires service. Upon restart, your vehicle speed is now limited. Have the system checked as soon as possible. DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed metric:#0 km/h Upon Restart DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed imperial:#0 MPH DEF Fault Speed Limited to avg speed metric:#0 km/h The selective catalytic reduction system requires service. The system displays your vehicle's top speed limit. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Exhaust Filter Over Limit Service Now Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Ignoring this warning message could lead to reduced drivability and customer expense, including damage to the diesel particulate filter. Your new vehicle warranty may not cover this damage. Water in Fuel Drain Filter The water separator has reached a predetermined capacity and needs draining. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 234). Fuel Pressure Low A low fuel pressure condition has occurred due to cold, low fuel level or fuel filters need to be changed. See Fuel Quality (page 108). Doors and Locks Message Action Driver Door Ajar The driver door is not completely closed. Close the driver door. If the message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as possible. Passenger Door Ajar The passenger door is not completely closed. Close the passenger door. If the message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as possible. 80 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Driver Alert Message Action Driver Alert Warning Rest Now Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so. Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested Take a rest soon. Drivetrain Message Action Check Locking Differential The electronic locking differential requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Message Action Power Reduced to Lower Engine Temp The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temperature. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Engine Fuel Message Action Fuel Level Low An early reminder of a low fuel condition. Refuel your vehicle. Check Fuel Fill Inlet A fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed. 81 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Lane Departure Warning System Message Action Front Camera Temporarily Not Available The system has detected a condition that has caused the system to be temporarily unavailable. If the message continues to display, have the system checked as soon as possible. Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen The system has detected a condition that requires you to clean the windshield in order for it to operate properly. Front Camera Malfunction Service Required The system requires service, have the system checked as soon as possible. Keep Hands on Steering Wheel The system requests you to keep your hands on the steering wheel. Maintenance Message Action Low Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine. Check the oil level, if the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Change Engine Oil Soon The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed soon. Oil Change Required The engine oil life is low and needs to be changed immediately. Brake Fluid Level Low The brake fluid level is low, have the system checked as soon as possible. Check Brake System The brake system requires service. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Factory Mode Contact Dealer Transport Mode Contact Dealer Your vehicle is still in transport or factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. See Manual The powertrain requires service. 82 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Power Steering Message Action Steering Fault Service Now The power steering system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Steering Loss Stop Safely The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Steering Assist Fault Service Required The power steering system, passive entry or passive entry start system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Steering Lock Malfunction Service Now The steering lock system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Pre-Collision Assist Message Action Pre-Collision Assist Not Available The system requires service. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked You have a blocked sensor due to inclement weather, ice, mud or water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve. If the message continues to appear, have the system checked as soon as possible. Traction Control Message Action Traction Control On The status of the traction control system after you switched it on. See Using Traction Control (page 151). Traction Control Off The status of the traction control system after you switched it off. See Using Traction Control (page 151). 83 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Transmission Message Action Shift to Park You switched the engine off and the shift selector is in any position other than park (P). Press Brake Pedal Displays when the brake pedal needs to be pressed. Transmission Over Temperature Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as possible. Transmission Service Required Have the system checked as soon as possible. Transmission Too Hot Press Brake The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as possible. Transmission Limited Function See Manual The transmission has limited functionality. Have the system checked as soon as possible. Transmission Not in Park A reminder to shift into park (P). In addition, this message is typical after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle the ignition to the on mode. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 246). Transmission Fault Service Now Have the system checked as soon as possible. Transmission Adjusted Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift strategy. Transmission AdaptMode Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy. Transmission Warming Up Please Wait Transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you drive. 84 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Information Displays Message Action Transmission IndicatMode Lockup On Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable to select gears. Transmission IndicatMode Lockup Off Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and free to select gears. Transmission Overheating Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as possible. 85 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Climate Control (If Equipped) Setting the Temperature MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL E305247 Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here. Directing the Air E265862 Press and release the button to direct air between the E265283 instrument panel air vents, footwell air vents and windshield air vents and de-mister. Turn the control to set the temperature. Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off Press and release the button to switch the air conditioning on or off. Setting the Blower Motor Speed Use air conditioning with recirculated air to improve cooling performance and efficiency. Note: In certain conditions (for example, maximum defrost), the air conditioning compressor may continue to operate even though you switch off the air conditioning. Switching the Climate Control On and Off Press and release the button. E265389 Switching Defrost On and Off Turn the control to adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle. Press and release the button to distribute air through the windshield air vents and de-mister. 86 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Climate Control (If Equipped) Air directed to the instrument panel and footwell air vents turns off. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice. Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on. Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On and Off Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats. Press and release the button for maximum cooling. Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield. The left-hand and right-hand settings set to LO, recirculated air flows through the instrument panel air vents, air conditioning turns on and the blower motor adjusts to the highest speed. Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents. Quickly Heating the Interior Switching Recirculated Air On and Off 1. Adjust the blower motor speed to the highest speed setting. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the highest setting. 3. Direct air to the footwell air vents. Press and release the button to switch between outside air and recirculated air. The air currently in the passenger compartment recirculates. This may reduce the time needed to cool the interior (when used with A/C) and reduce unwanted odors from entering your vehicle. Recommended Settings for Heating 1. Adjust the blower motor speed to the center setting. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings. 3. Direct air to the footwell air vents. Note: Recirculated air may turn off (or prevent you from switching on) in all air flow modes except MAX A/C to reduce the risk of fogging. Recirculation may also turn on and off in various air distribution control combinations during hot weather in order to improve cooling efficiency. Quickly Cooling the Interior 1. Switch MAX A/C on. 2. Drive with the windows open for a short period of time. HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE Recommended Settings for Cooling General Hints 1. Adjust the blower motor speed to the center setting. 2. Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings. Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up. Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting. 87 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Climate Control (If Equipped) 3. Direct air to the instrument panel air vents. Vehicle Stationary for Extended Periods During Extreme High Ambient Temperatures 1. Apply the parking brake. 2. Place your vehicle in park (P) or neutral (N). 3. Switch MAX A/C on. 4. Adjust the blower motor speed to the lowest speed setting. Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Direct air to the instrument panel and windshield air vents. Press and release A/C. Adjust the temperature control to the setting you prefer. Adjust the blower motor speed to the highest setting. Direct air toward the side windows. Close the instrument panel air vents. HEATED EXTERIOR MIRRORS (IF EQUIPPED) Press the button to clear the exterior mirrors of thin ice and fog. Press the button again to switch them off. They switch off after a short period of time. Note: Do not remove ice from the mirrors with a scraper or adjust the mirror glass when it is frozen in place. These actions could cause damage to the glass and mirrors. Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products. 88 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats • SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION WARNING: Do not recline the seatback as this can cause the occupant to slide under the safety belt, resulting in serious injury in the event of a crash. • WARNING: Do not place objects higher than the seatback to reduce the risk of serious injury in the event of a crash or during heavy braking. • • Keep sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover. Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent. Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully. Position the shoulder strap of the safety belt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips. Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle. HEAD RESTRAINTS WARNING: Fully adjust the head restraint before you sit in or operate your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraint when your vehicle is moving. E68595 WARNING: The head restraint is a safety device. Whenever possible it should be installed and properly adjusted when the seat is occupied. Failure to adjust the head restraint properly could reduce its effectiveness during certain impacts. When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, safety belt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash. We recommend that you follow these guidelines: • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible. • Do not recline the seatback more than 30 degrees. • Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. WARNING: Adjust the head restraints for all passengers before you drive your vehicle. This will help minimize the risk of neck injury in the event of a crash. Do not adjust the head restraints when your vehicle is moving. 89 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats Note: Adjust the seat backrest to an upright driving position before adjusting the head restraint. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable. If you are extremely tall, adjust the head restraint to its highest position. Removing the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold buttons C and D. 2. Pull the head restraint up. Installing the Head Restraint Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks. Front Seat Adjustable Head Restraint (If Equipped) Front Row Center, Outboard (Crew Cab), and Rear Seat Center (Crew Cab) Head Restraints Note: The SuperCab has rear outermost head restraints that you cannot remove and are bolted to the back wall. Your vehicle may have head restraints that are non-adjustable. The non-adjustable head restraints consist of: A E138642 B The head restraints consist of: A An energy absorbing head restraint. B Two steel stems. C Guide sleeve adjust and release button. D Guide sleeve unlock and remove button. C E162872 A An energy absorbing head restraint. Raising the Head Restraint B Two steel stems. Pull the head restraint up. C Guide sleeve unlock and remove button. Adjusting the Head Restraint Lowering the Head Restraint Removing the Head Restraint 1. Press and hold button C. 2. Push the head restraint down. 1. Press and hold the C buttons. 2. Pull up the head restraint. 90 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats Installing the Head Restraint MANUAL SEATS Align the steel stems into the guide sleeves and push the head restraint down until it locks. WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle. Tilting Head Restraints (If Equipped) The front head restraints tilt for extra comfort. To tilt the head restraint, do the following: Moving the Seat Backward and Forward Type 1 E162727 E144727 Type 2 1. Adjust the seat backrest to an upright driving or riding position. 2. Pivot the head restraint forward toward your head to the preferred position. After the head restraint reaches the forward-most tilt position, pivot it forward again to release it to the rearward, un-tilted position. Note: Do not attempt to force the head restraint backward after it is tilted. Instead, continue tilting it forward until the head restraint releases to the upright position. E226571 91 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats Recline Adjustment Note: You may need to apply pressure on the back of the seat to get the release lever to release. Type 1 Lift the handle to unlock and release the seatback forward. Manual Lumbar (If Equipped) E162728 Type 2 E162729 The lumbar control is on the outboard side of the seat. Turn the control to adjust your support. POWER SEATS (IF EQUIPPED) E208773 WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat or seat backrest when your vehicle is moving. This may result in sudden seat movement, causing the loss of control of your vehicle. Tilting the Seatback Forward (Two-Passenger Bench Seat) WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seatback before returning it to the original position. E208777 92 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats Air-Ride Seat A. Rotate the handle to adjust the angle of the seat backrest. B. Pull the control up to raise the seat. Push the control down to lower the seat. C Move the lever to the left to move the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to lock the seat in position. Type 1 E208778 Type 2 E298809 A. Rotate the handle to adjust the angle of the seat backrest. B. Pull the lever up to inflate the lumbar. Push the lever down to deflate the lumbar. C. Pull the lever up to raise the seat height. Push the lever down to lower the seat height. D Move the lever to the left to move the seat forward or backward. Release the lever to lock the seat in position. 93 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Seats Folding the Rear Seat Back (Crew Cab) REAR SEATS (IF EQUIPPED) Folding Up the Rear Seats (SuperCab) E162738 E162737 1. Pull forward on the control to fold down the seatback. 2. Pull down on the handle and lift up on the seatback to return it to the original position. 1. Pull the control to release the seat cushion. 2. Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage position. Folding up the Rear Seat Cushion Returning the Seat to the Seating Position 1. Pull the control to release the seat cushion. 2. Rotate the seat cushion up until it locks into the vertical storage position. WARNING: Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position, and that the seat cushion locks into place. Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash, which could increase the risk of serious injury. Returning the Seat to the Seating Position WARNING: Make sure that cargo or any objects are not trapped underneath the seat cushion before returning the seat cushion to its original position, and that the seat cushion locks into place. Failure to do so may prevent the seat from operating properly in the event of a crash, which could increase the risk of serious injury. 1. Pull the control on the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position. 2. Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position. 1. 94 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Pull the control on the side of the seat to release the seat cushion from the storage position. Seats 20% Seat Cushion Storage (If 2. Push the seat cushion down until it locks into the horizontal position. Equipped) FRONT SEAT ARMREST E265303 Lift the latch to open the lid and gain access to the storage compartment under the center seat cushion. E162745 Press the button on the right-hand side of the seat, then pull the seat backrest down to release the armrest. You can gain access to the cupholders and optional seat backrest storage bin. REAR SEAT ARMREST (IF EQUIPPED) E162746 E162744 Pull up on the tab to open the storage bin. Fold the armrest down to use it. Lift up on the seat backrest to return it to the upright position. 95 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Auxiliary Power Points 12 Volt DC Power Point Locations Power points may be in the following locations: • On the instrument panel (two locations). • Inside the front under-seat storage compartment. • Inside the rear under-seat storage compartment. WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty, and can result in fire or serious injury. Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12 volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps. 110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped) If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on. Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug. WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged in the power point whenever the device is not in use. Do not use any extension cord with the 110 volt AC power point, since it will defeat the safety protection design. Doing so may cause the power point to overload due to powering multiple devices that can reach beyond the 150 watt load limit and could result in fire or serious injury. Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow. Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use. Note: The power point turns off when you switch the ignition off, or when the battery voltage drops below 11 volts. Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the power point. This damages the power point and may blow the fuse. You can use the power point for electric devices that require up to 150 watts. It is in the center of the instrument panel. Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the power point. To prevent the battery from running out of charge: • Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running. • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods. E193395 Note: Depending on your vehicle, the power point cover may open to the right or upward. 96 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Auxiliary Power Points When the indicator light on the power point is: • On: The power point is working, the ignition is on and a device is plugged in. • Off: The power point is off, the ignition is off or no device is plugged in. • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode. The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150 watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on, but do not plug your device back in. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on. Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including: • Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions. • Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators. • Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment. • Other appliances requiring an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps. 97 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing USB Ports LOCATING THE USB PORTS PLAYING MEDIA USING THE USB PORT Data Transfer USB Ports WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E250655 The USB ports could be in the following locations: • • On the lower instrument panel. Inside the center console. Note: These USB ports can also charge devices. Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have data transfer capabilities. Note: We recommend using only USB-IF certified cables and adapters. Non-certified cables and adapters may not work. Connect your device to a data transfer USB port. Charge Only USB Ports Press the audio button on the feature bar. E263583 E100027 The USB ports could be in the following locations: • • • • • • • Select Sources. Select the USB option. On the lower instrument panel. On the upper instrument panel. Inside the media bin. Inside the center console. On the rear of the center console. Behind the first row seats. In the cargo area. Press to play a track. Press again to pause the track. Press to skip to the next track. Press and hold to fast forward through the track. Press once to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press to return to previous tracks. Press and hold to fast rewind. CHARGING A DEVICE Connect your device to the USB port. 98 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing USB Ports You can use the charger when the vehicle is in accessory mode, or when the vehicle is running. 99 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Storage Compartments OVERHEAD CONSOLE (IF EQUIPPED) E266392 Press near the rear edge of the door to open it. 100 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle could exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 mi (8 km) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period. GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage. When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during operation. WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. If you operate your vehicle in a heavy snow storm or blowing snow conditions, the engine air induction could become partially clogged with snow and ice. If this occurs, the engine could experience a significant reduction in power output. At the earliest opportunity, clear all the snow and ice away from the air induction inlet. WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes are toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. IGNITION SWITCH WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. / The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise. // 0 Note: If you use your vehicle regularly above the altitude of 7,500 ft (2,286 m) and under the temperature of -4.0°F (-20°C), it is recommended to use the alternative engine oil. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). E252522 0 (off) - The ignition is off. 101 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing /// Starting and Stopping the Engine Note: When you switch the ignition off and leave your vehicle, do not leave your key in the ignition. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. Note: If you cannot start the engine on the first try, wait for a short period and try again. I (accessory) - Allows the electrical accessories, such as the radio, to operate while the engine is not running. If you cannot start the engine after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure: Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Shift into park (P). 3. Fully press and hold the accelerator pedal. 4. Attempt to start your vehicle and wait until the engine stops cranking. 5. Release the accelerator pedal. 6. Start the engine. Failure to Start II (on) - All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate. III (start) - Cranks the engine. STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary When you start the engine, the idle speed increases helping to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 1. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N). 2. Turn the key to the off position. 3. Apply the parking brake. Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving Before starting the engine check the following: • Make sure all occupants fasten their seatbelts. • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N). • Turn the ignition key to the on position. WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. Higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine. Note: Do not press the accelerator pedal. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Turn the key to the start position to start the engine. Release the key when the engine starts. Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts. 1. 102 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Switch the ignition off to stop the engine. Starting and Stopping the Engine Diesel Engine Fast Start Glow Plug System 2. Put the transmission into neutral (N) and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop. 3. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into park (P). 4. Apply the parking brake. The diesel engine glow system consists of: • • • • • Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. The powertrain and glow plug control modules electronically control the glow plug system. After you switch the ignition on, the glow plug control module immediately energizes the glow plugs. The glow plug control module, using the engine coolant temperature, barometric pressure sensor and environmental temperature sensor, determines how long the glow plugs stay energized. The required time for the glow plugs to be energized decreases as the coolant temperature, barometric pressure and environmental temperature increase. Important Ventilating Information If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods of time, we recommend you either open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm) or set the climate control to outside air. Before starting the engine, check the following: • Make sure all occupants fasten their seatbelt. • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off. • Make sure the parking brake is on. • Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N). • Turn the ignition key to the on position. STARTING A DIESEL ENGINE Read all starting instructions carefully before you start your vehicle. The 6.7L diesel engine incorporates a delay between a crank command and starter engagement to crank the engine. This delay ensures robust starting performance in all environmental conditions including extreme cold. The crank command is initiated by the operator by turning the ignition key. The delay varies with engine coolant temperature. There is no delay for hot coolant temperature. The delay increases at colder coolant temperatures. Maximum delay of 2.5 seconds is experienced below -13.0°F (-25°C). Note: Do not press the accelerator during starting. 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 2. Turn the key to the start position to start the engine. Release the key when the engine starts. 103 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Eight glow plugs, one per cylinder. Glow plug control module. Engine coolant temperature sensor. Barometric pressure sensor. Environmental temperature sensor. Starting and Stopping the Engine Cold Weather Starting When starting the engine in extremely cold temperatures, for example -15°F (-26°C), we recommend you allow the engine to idle for several minutes before driving your vehicle. WARNING: Do not use starting fluid, for example ether, in the air intake system. Such fluid could cause immediate explosive damage to the engine and possible personal injury. Illuminates when you switch the ignition on as part of the pre-starting system. WARNING: Do not mix diesel with gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an explosion. 1. Turn the key to the on position without turning the key to the start position. Do not start the engine until the wait to start indicator turns off. 2. When the wait to start indicator turns off, turn the key to the start position and release the key as soon as the engine starts. Once the engine starts, the glow plugs may remain on for a period. If you attempt to start the engine before the glow plug activation time ends, but it fails to start, reset the glow plugs by turning the key to the off position. 3. Once the engine starts, allow it to idle for about 15 seconds. This is to protect the engine. Do not increase engine speed until the oil pressure gauge indicates normal pressure. We recommend using the engine block heater for starting when the ambient temperature is at or below -9°F (-23°C). See Engine Block Heater (page 105). When operating in cold weather, you can use Motorcraft® cetane improvers or non-alcohol-based cetane improvers from a reputable manufacturer as needed. Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds as starter damage may occur. If the engine fails to start, turn the key to the off position and wait 30 seconds before trying again. Your vehicle may come with a cold weather starting strategy that prevents severe engine damage by assisting in engine lubrication warm-up. In extremely cold ambient temperatures, this strategy activates and prevents the accelerator pedal use for 30 seconds after starting your vehicle. A message appears in the information display as your vehicle warms up. By not allowing the accelerator pedal use, the engine oil can properly lubricate the bearings preventing engine damage due to lack of proper lubrication. After the 30 second warm-up period, the accelerator pedal is operational again and a message appears informing you that your vehicle is ready to drive. SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE Allow the engine to idle for three to five minutes before shutting it down. The larger the engine, the greater the need is for this idling period. Note: Try to limit engine idle to 10 minutes. Excessive idling reduces fuel economy. 104 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine The engine idle shutdown timer does not start if: • The engine is operating in battery charge protect or power take-off mode. • The exhaust emission control device is regenerating. ENGINE IDLE SHUTDOWN (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: In the event of engine shutdown, make sure your vehicle is safely off the road and the problem is resolved before returning to the road. Failure to do so may result in a crash, serious injury or death. ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (IF EQUIPPED) This feature automatically shuts down the engine when it has been idling in park (P) or neutral (N) for an extended period, depending on the setting. WARNING: Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury. When the engine idle shutdown process has started: • A chime sounds and a message appears in the information display showing a timer counting down from 30 seconds. • You can reset the timer by pressing the brake pedal, accelerator pedal, or by shifting into another gear. • If you do not intervene within 30 seconds, the engine shuts down and a message appears in the information display alerting you that the engine has shut down. • Shortly after the engine has shut down, the electrical system simulates a key off and even though the ignition is still on, the electrical system simulates a normal accessory delay period before shutting down. • You must switch the ignition off to reset the system before restarting your vehicle. WARNING: Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock. WARNING: Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its own weight when using the engine block heater. This could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage. Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C). The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element (installed in the engine block) and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source. 105 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Starting and Stopping the Engine We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation: • Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord that is product certified by Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be clearly marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard. • Use as short an extension cord as possible. • Do not use multiple extension cords. • Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire. • Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles. • Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected. • Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes. • Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use. • Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter. The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity. Using the Engine Block Heater Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary. 106 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Observe the following guidelines when handling automotive fuel: • Extinguish all smoking materials and any open flames before refueling your vehicle. • Automotive fuels can be harmful or fatal if swallowed. Fuel such as gasoline is highly toxic and if swallowed can cause death or permanent injury. If swallowed, call a physician immediately, even if no symptoms are immediately apparent. The toxic effects of fuel may not be visible for hours. • Avoid inhaling fuel vapors. Inhaling too much fuel vapor of any kind can lead to eye and respiratory tract irritation. In severe cases, excessive or prolonged breathing of fuel vapor can cause serious illness and permanent injury. • Avoid getting fuel liquid in your eyes. If you splash fuel in your eyes, remove contact lenses (if worn), flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Failure to seek proper medical attention could lead to permanent injury. • Fuels can also be harmful if absorbed through the skin. If you splash fuel on your skin, clothing or both, promptly remove contaminated clothing and wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water. Repeated or prolonged skin contact with fuel liquid or vapor causes skin irritation. • Be particularly careful if you are taking “Antabuse” or other forms of disulfiram for the treatment of alcoholism. Breathing gasoline vapors, or skin contact could cause an adverse reaction. In sensitive individuals, serious SAFETY PRECAUTIONS WARNING: Do not overfill the fuel tank. The pressure in an overfilled tank may cause leakage and lead to fuel spray and fire. WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. WARNING: Fuels can cause serious injury or death if misused or mishandled. WARNING: Gasoline may contain benzene, which is a cancer-causing agent. WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. WARNING: Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container. WARNING: Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. 107 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling personal injury or sickness may result. If you splash fuel on your skin, promptly wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water. Consult a physician immediately if you experience an adverse reaction. • Low Fuel Pressure (If Equipped) Diesel engine vehicles have a low fuel pressure detection system. • The following are possible causes for a low fuel pressure warning message to appear in the information display: • Cold start or during cold operation below 32°F (0°C). If the low fuel pressure message appears during a cold start or up to 10 minutes after the initial cold start, monitor the information display. If the low fuel pressure message disappears and does not re-appear after the engine has fully warmed up, waxed or gelled fuel is what most likely caused the message. Do not use alcohol based additives to correct fuel gelling. This may result in damage to the fuel injectors and systems. Use an anti-gel additive. See Fuel Quality (page 108). • Low fuel operation: If the low fuel pressure message appears when your vehicle is warm and during low fuel tank level operation (near empty), refuel your vehicle. If the message reappears after fueling, see below. If the message does not come back, the low fuel pressure condition was due to low fuel levels in the fuel tank. Normal operation: If the low fuel pressure message appears during normal operation when the engine is fully warm, and fuel level is not low, you must change the fuel filters regardless of the maintenance schedule interval. If replacement of the fuel filter does not remedy the low fuel pressure message during normal operation as defined above, take the vehicle to an authorized dealer. FUEL QUALITY - DIESEL Fuel Requirements - Choosing The Right Fuel: Vehicles Operated Where Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Is Required (United States/Canada/Puerto Rico/U.S. Virgin Islands And Other Locales) Note: The vehicle Warranty may be void if you use additives that do not meet or exceed Ford specifications. If the low fuel pressure message persistently appears after re-fueling and then disappears when the engine has fully warmed up, consider using different fuel sources. You should use Ultra-Low Sulfur Diesel fuel (also known as ULSD) designated as number 1-D or 2-D with a maximum of 15-ppm sulfur in your diesel vehicle. You may operate your vehicle on diesel fuels containing up to 20% biodiesel, also known as B20. These fuels should meet the ASTM D975 diesel or the ASTM D7467 B6-B20 biodiesel industry specifications. Outside of North America, use fuels meeting EN590 or equivalent local market standard. Note: The vehicle Warranty does not cover damage caused by using an improper type of fuel or fuel additive. 108 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Note: Do not blend used engine oil with diesel fuel under any circumstances. Blending used oil with the fuel will significantly increase your vehicle’s exhaust emissions and reduce engine life due to increased internal wear. Use only a diesel engine configured for use with high sulfur diesel fuel in markets with diesel fuel that has sulfur content greater than 15 ppm. Using low sulfur diesel fuel (16–500 ppm) or high sulfur diesel fuel (greater than 500 ppm) in a diesel engine designed to use only Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel fuel may result in damage to engine emission control devices and the aftertreatment system, potentially rendering the vehicle inoperable. Using low sulfur diesel fuel (16-500 ppm) or high sulfur diesel fuel (greater than 500 ppm) in your diesel engine will cause certain emission components to malfunction which may also cause the service engine soon light to illuminate indicating an emissions-related concern. E67028 Vehicles with engines configured for use with high sulfur diesel fuel are only available for sale in countries where ultra low sulfur diesel fuel is generally not available or mandated by the government. Vehicles originally sold in a ultra low sulfur diesel fuel market that are subsequently exported to non- ultra low sulfur diesel fuel markets will need to be retrofitted (at the customer’s expense using Ford authorized dealer service parts) in order to be reliably operated on non- ultra low sulfur diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is adjusted seasonally for cold temperature. For best results at temperatures below 19°F (-7°C), it is recommended to use a diesel fuel which has been seasonally adjusted for the ambient conditions. Fuel Requirements - Choosing The Right Fuel: Vehicles Operated Where Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel Fuel Is Not Required Biodiesel For the engine to operate reliably on low-sulfur or high-sulfur diesel fuel, the engine must be a factory built high-sulfur engine (available as a dealer order option for select markets) or an ultra low sulfur diesel fuel configured engine that has been retrofitted for high-sulfur diesel fuel using Ford Motor Company dealer service parts. Failure to use retrofit components other than those available through your authorized dealer will result in coolant system damage, engine overheating, selective catalyst reduction system or diesel particulate filter damage and possible base engine damage. WARNING: Do not mix diesel with gasoline, gasohol or alcohol. This could cause an explosion. Note: Do not use home heating oil, agricultural fuel, raw fats and oils, waste cooking greases, biodiesel fuels greater than 20% or any diesel fuel not intended for highway use. Red dye is used to identify fuels intended for agricultural and non-highway use. Damage to the fuel injection system, engine and exhaust catalyst can occur if an improper fuel is used. You may operate your vehicle on diesel fuels containing up to 20% biodiesel, also known as B20. 109 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Biodiesel fuel is a chemically converted product from renewable fuel sources, such as vegetable oils, animal fats and waste cooking greases. Look for a label on the fuel pump to confirm the amount of biodiesel contained in a diesel fuel. Biodiesel content is often indicated with the letter B followed by the percent of biodiesel in the fuel. For example, B20 indicates a fuel containing 20% biodiesel. Ask the service station attendant to confirm the biodiesel content of a diesel fuel if you do not see a label on the fuel pump. To help achieve acceptable engine performance and durability when using biodiesel in your vehicle: • Confirm the biodiesel content of the fuel to be B20 (20% biodiesel) or less • Only use biodiesel fuel of good quality that complies with industry standards • Follow the recommended service maintenance intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). • Do not store biodiesel fuel in the fuel tank for more than 1 month • Consider changing brands or reducing biodiesel content if you have cold temperature fuel gelling issues or a frequent LOW FUEL PRESSURE message appearing • Do NOT use raw oils, fats or waste cooking greases Biodiesel fuels degrade more easily than diesel fuels not containing biodiesel and should not be stored in the fuel tank for more than 1 month. If you plan to park or store your vehicle for more than 1 month, then you should empty your vehicle fuel tank of biodiesel fuel. You should fill the tank with a pure petroleum-based diesel fuel and run your vehicle for a minimum of 30 minutes. Note: Degraded or oxidized biodiesel can damage fuel system seals and plastics and corrode steel parts. During cold weather, if you have problems operating on biodiesel, you may need to use a diesel fuel with lower biodiesel content, try another brand, or discontinue the use of biodiesel. Use of biodiesel in concentrations greater than 20% may cause damage to your vehicle, including engine and/or exhaust after-treatment hardware (exhaust catalyst and particulate filter) failures. Concentrations greater than 20% can also cause fuel filter restrictions that may result in a lack of power or damage to fuel system components, including fuel pump and fuel injector failures. Diesel Fuel Additives It should not be necessary to add any aftermarket additives to your fuel if you use a high quality diesel fuel that conforms to ASTM industry specifications. Aftermarket additives can damage the fuel injector system or engine. SAE 5W-40 or SAE 15W-40 oil is recommended for fuels with greater than 5% biodiesel (B5). Refer to the Special operating conditions section under the Schedule Maintenance chapter for more information about oil change intervals and other maintenance when operating on biodiesel. Use Motorcraft® cetane booster or an equivalent cetane booster additive if you suspect fuel has low cetane. Use Motorcraft® anti-gel & performance improver or an equivalent additive if there is fuel gelling. 110 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Do not use alcohol-based additives to improve cetane quality, to prevent fuel gelling or any other use. The use of alcohol additives may result in damage to the fuel injectors and system. Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. The Vehicle Warranty may not cover repairs needed to correct the effects of using an aftermarket product that does not meet Ford specifications in your fuel. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasolines, where available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com. FUEL QUALITY - GASOLINE Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Choosing the Right Fuel Do not use: • Diesel fuel. • Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin. • Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol or E85 fuel. • Fuels containing methanol. • Fuels containing metallic-based additives, including manganese-based compounds. • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT). • Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law. E161513 Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87. Some fuel stations, particularly those in high altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. The use of these fuels could result in engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. We do not recommend these fuels. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer. See Towing a Trailer (page 181). The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system. 111 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling If you run out of fuel: • You may need to switch the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. When restarting, cranking time takes a few seconds longer than normal. With keyless ignition, just start the engine. Crank time will be longer than usual. • Normally, adding 1 gal (3.8 L) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If the vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade, more than 1 gal (3.8 L) may be required. • The service engine soon indicator may come on. See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 67). RUNNING OUT OF FUEL DIESEL Avoid running out of fuel. This allows air to enter the fuel system and may make it difficult to restart your vehicle. If your vehicle runs out of fuel: • Normally adding 4–5 gal (15–19 L) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If your vehicle is out of fuel and on a steep grade, more than 5 gal (19 L) may be required. • You must purge trapped air from the system before restarting the engine. Purging Air From the System Switch the ignition on for 30 seconds and then switch the ignition off. Repeat this operation six times in a row to purge any trapped air from the fuel system. REFUELING - DIESEL Any remaining air in the system self-purges when the engine starts. The engine may run rough or produce white smoke when air remains in the fuel system. This is normal and stops after a short period. If the engine continues to run rough, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. WARNING: Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries. WARNING: Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. Starting the Engine Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds as starter damage may occur. If the engine fails to start, switch the ignition off and wait 30 seconds before cranking the engine again. See Starting a Diesel Engine (page 103). WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. RUNNING OUT OF FUEL GASOLINE WARNING: Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle. Avoid running out of fuel because this situation may have an adverse effect on powertrain components. WARNING: Keep children away from the fuel pump. Never let children pump fuel. 112 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Fuel Filler Cap WARNING: Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. WARNING: Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. Note: If you do not use the correct fuel filler cap, excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a crash. WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling. The fuel tank has a threaded fuel filler cap. Note: If you must replace the fuel filler cap, replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle. The vehicle warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford, Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used. An engine that suddenly becomes noisy or operates poorly after a fuel fill could be using substandard fuel. We recommend that you purchase diesel fuel from a reputable fuel station. Use only clean, approved containers that prevent the entry of dirt or water whenever you store diesel fuel. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank do the following: 1. Do not store diesel fuel in a galvanized container. The fuel dissolves the zinc in the galvanized container. The zinc will then remain in the fuel. If you run the contaminated fuel through the engine, the zinc damages the fuel injectors. Engine damage caused may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 2. 3. 4. 5. Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container: • • • • Fuel Fill Rate Place the approved fuel container on the ground. Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle (including the cargo area). Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container when filling. Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position. Your vehicle has a fuel fill inlet that is able to accept fuel up to 20 gal (75 L) per minute from a fuel-dispensing nozzle. Pumping fuel at greater flow rates may result in premature nozzle shut off or spit back. 113 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Bring your vehicle to a complete stop and shift into neutral (N) or park (P). Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off. Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and remove it. Refuel your vehicle as required. Replace the fuel filler cap, turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. Fuel and Refueling Truck stops have fuel pumps and nozzles designed for larger, heavy-duty trucks. If you are refueling your vehicle at a truck stop and the nozzle shuts off repeatedly, wait 5-10 seconds, then use a slower fill rate. WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling. Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container: • Place approved fuel container on the ground. • Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle (including the cargo area). • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling. • Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position. REFUELING - GASOLINE WARNING: Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries. WARNING: Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island. WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes. Fuel Filler Cap WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury. WARNING: Stay outside your vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle. WARNING: If you do not use the correct fuel filler cap, excessive pressure or vacuum in the fuel tank may damage the fuel system or cause the fuel cap to disengage in a crash. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury. WARNING: Keep children away from the fuel pump; never let children pump fuel. WARNING: Wait at least 10 seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank. The fuel tank has a threaded fuel filler cap. WARNING: Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing. Note: If you must replace the fuel filler cap, replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle. The vehicle Warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford, Motorcraft or other certified fuel filler cap is not used. When refueling the vehicle fuel tank do the following. 114 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Filling the Fuel Tank When your vehicle has stopped, shift into neutral (N) or park (P). Apply the parking brake and switch the ignition off. Turn the fuel filler cap counterclockwise and remove it. Refuel your vehicle as required. Replace the fuel filler cap, turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. For consistent results when refueling: • Turn the ignition off before fueling; an inaccurate reading results if the engine is left running. • Use the same fill rate (low-medium-high) each time the tank is filled. • Allow no more than one automatic shut-off when refueling. If the fuel cap warning lamp or a warning message appears in the instrument cluster, you may not have installed the fuel filler cap correctly. Results are most accurate when the filling method is consistent. If the fuel cap warning lamp remains on, at the next opportunity, safely pull off of the road, remove the fuel filler cap, align the cap properly and reinstall it. The check fuel cap warning lamp or warning message may not reset immediately. It may take several driving cycles for the indicators to turn off. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after four or more hours with the engine off) followed by normal city and highway driving. Do not measure fuel economy during the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km) of driving (this is your engine’s break-in period). A more accurate measurement is obtained after 2,000 mi (3,200 km) to 3,000 mi (4,800 km). Also, fuel expense, frequency of fill ups or fuel gauge readings are not accurate ways to measure fuel economy. Calculating Fuel Economy 1. Fill the fuel tank completely and record the initial odometer reading. 2. Each time you fill the fuel tank, record the amount of fuel added. 3. After at least three fill ups, fill the fuel tank and record the current odometer reading. 4. Subtract your initial odometer reading from the current odometer reading. FUEL CONSUMPTION The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank after running out of fuel. Included in the advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty. To calculate L/100 km (liters per 100 kilometers) fuel consumption, multiply the liters used by 100, then divide by kilometers traveled. To calculate MPG (miles per gallon) fuel consumption, divide miles traveled by gallons used. Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range. 115 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuel and Refueling Keep a record for at least one month and record the type of driving (city or highway). This provides an accurate estimate of your vehicle's fuel economy under current driving conditions. Keeping records during summer and winter will show how temperature impacts fuel economy. FUEL TANK SELECTOR SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED) Conditions • • • • • • • Heavily loading your vehicle reduces fuel economy. Carrying unnecessary weight in your vehicle may reduce fuel economy. Adding certain accessories to your vehicle such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards and ski racks may reduce fuel economy. Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy. Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures. Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances. You will get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain. E205996 Your vehicle may have two fuel tanks. The fuel in each fuel tank is independently used. Use the switch on the instrument panel to select the left-hand or right-hand fuel tank. The fuel gauge indicates the remaining fuel in the selected fuel tank. See Gauges (page 64). 116 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Tampering With a Noise Control System EMISSION LAW Federal laws prohibit the following acts: • Removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than for purposes of maintenance. • Repair or replacement of any device or element of the design incorporated into a new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use. • The use of the vehicle after any person removes or renders inoperative any device or element of the design. WARNING: Do not remove or alter the original equipment floor covering or insulation between it and the metal floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and insulation protect occupants of the vehicle from the engine and exhaust system heat and noise. On vehicles with no original equipment floor covering insulation, do not carry passengers in a manner that permits prolonged skin contact with the metal floor. Failure to follow these instructions may result in fire or personal injury. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency may presume to constitute tampering as follows: • Removal of hood blanket, fender apron absorbers, fender apron barriers, underbody noise shields or acoustically absorptive material. • Tampering or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor, to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications. U.S. federal laws and certain state laws prohibit removing or rendering inoperative emission control system components. Similar federal or provincial laws may apply in Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle modification without first determining applicable laws. Tampering with emissions control systems including related sensors or the Diesel Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced engine power and the illumination of the service engine soon light. E67028 If the engine does not start, runs rough, experiences a decrease in engine performance, experiences excess fuel consumption or produces excessive exhaust smoke, check for the following: • A plugged or disconnected air inlet system hose. • A plugged engine air filter element. • Water in the fuel filter and water separator. • A clogged fuel filter. • Contaminated fuel. • Air in the fuel system, due to loose connections. • An open or pinched sensor hose. • Incorrect engine oil level. 117 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control • • Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions. Incorrect engine oil viscosity for climactic conditions. WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes. Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. Note: If these checks do not help you correct the concern, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Your vehicle has various emission control components and a catalytic converter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards. Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly: • Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds at a time. • Do not run the engine with a spark plug lead disconnected. • Do not push-start or tow-start your vehicle. Use booster cables. See Jump Starting the Vehicle (page 190). • Use only the specified fuel listed. • Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle is moving. • Avoid running out of fuel. • Have the items listed in scheduled maintenance information performed according to the specified schedule. On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation became effective governing the noise emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The preceding statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance, and the noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide, are applicable to complete chassis cabs over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR. CATALYTIC CONVERTER WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or other dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire. Note: Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. The scheduled maintenance items listed in scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system. WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the catalytic converter. The catalytic converter heats up to a very high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and stays hot after the engine is switched off. If you use anything other than Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability. 118 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly. 1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly. 2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly. 3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. See Refueling (page 112). 4. Driving through deep water—the electrical system may be wet. An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately. You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine soon indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city and highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required. Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement. If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness and lead to more costly repairs. Please consult your warranty information for complete details. On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II) Your vehicle has a computer known as the on-board diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engine’s emission control system. The system protects the environment by making sure that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists a service technician in properly servicing your vehicle. Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing Some state and provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration. When the service engine soon indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system has detected a malfunction. Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine soon indicator to illuminate. Examples are: E67028 If the service engine soon indicator is on or the bulb does not work, your vehicle may need service. See On-Board Diagnostics. E67028 119 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. SELECTIVE CATALYTIC REDUCTANT SYSTEM - DIESEL Your vehicle may have a selective catalytic reduction system. This system helps reduce emission levels of oxides of nitrogen from the exhaust system. The system automatically injects diesel exhaust fluid into the exhaust system to enable correct selective catalytic reduction system function. If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that your vehicle is ready for I/M testing. Note: Selective catalytic reduction systems are not fitted to vehicles in markets where only high-sulfur diesel fuel is available. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level In order for the system to operate correctly you must maintain the diesel exhaust fluid level. The system has a sensor to monitor fluid level and quality/concentration. A warning message appears in the information display when the diesel exhaust fluid level is low. If a warning message appears, refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank as soon as possible. See Information Messages (page 75). The OBD-II system checks the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you can perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving: Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank 1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods. 2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least eight hours with the ignition off. Then, start the vehicle and complete the above driving cycle. The vehicle must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the vehicle until the above driving cycle is complete. WARNING: Keep diesel exhaust fluid out of reach of children. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. In case of contact with your eyes, flush immediately with water and get prompt medical attention. In case of contact with your skin, clean immediately with soap and water. If you swallow any diesel exhaust fluid, drink plenty of water, call a physician immediately. If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you need to repeat the above driving cycle. 120 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control WARNING: Only refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank in a well ventilated area. When you remove the diesel exhaust fluid tank filler cap or a diesel exhaust fluid container cap, ammonia vapors may escape. Ammonia vapors can be irritating to skin, eyes and mucous membranes. Inhaling ammonia vapors can cause burning to the eyes, throat and nose and cause coughing and watery eyes. E163354 Only use diesel exhaust fluid that is certified by the American Petroleum Institute (API). Non-certified diesel exhaust fluid use can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Note: Do not put diesel exhaust fluid in the fuel tank or put diesel fuel in the diesel exhaust fluid tank. This can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. You can purchase diesel exhaust fluid at an authorized dealer, most highway truck stops or you can contact roadside assistance for help in finding a retailer that sells diesel exhaust fluid. In addition, there is a government website to help you find the nearest location to purchase diesel exhaust fluid: http://www.discoverdef.com. Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Using a Fuel Station Pump Filling the diesel exhaust fluid tank using a nozzle is similar to fuel fill. The nozzle shuts off automatically when the tank is full. Do not continue to fill the tank as this may cause spilling and overfill and can cause damage to the tank in freezing conditions. E210722 Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Using a Container The diesel exhaust fluid tank has a blue filler cap. The tank is behind the left-hand front wheel. Fill the tank using a fluid pump at a diesel exhaust fluid filling station or a diesel exhaust fluid container. We recommend Motorcraft® diesel exhaust fluid. See Diesel Exhaust Fluid Capacity and Specification (page 307). The following procedure applies to Motorcraft diesel exhaust fluid or similar fluid containers. Always follow the manufacturer's instructions. 121 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control 1. Remove the diesel exhaust fluid container cap. Place the spout onto the container and tighten until you feel a strong resistance. 2. Remove the diesel exhaust fluid tank filler cap. 3. Insert the spout into the filler neck until the seal on the spout seats onto the filler neck. Pour the fluid into the tank. When the tank is full the fluid stops. In case of direct fill tank, the spout does not seal against the fill tank interface and does not stop the flowing automatically. 4. Return the container to the vertical position slightly below the diesel exhaust fluid filler neck. Allow any fluid remaining in the spout to drain back into the container. 5. Remove the spout from the diesel exhaust fluid filler neck. Replace the diesel exhaust fluid tank cap. 6. Remove the spout from the diesel exhaust fluid container and replace the cap. Note: If there is diesel exhaust fluid left in the container retain it for later use. The spout is reusable. Wash the spout with clean water prior to storage. Do not use the diesel exhaust fluid spout with any other fluid. Note: If the diesel exhaust fluid tank is frozen, it may not recognize when the tank is refilled. The diesel exhaust fluid level updates once the tank thaws out. Diesel Exhaust Fluid Warning Messages and Vehicle Operations WARNING: Diesel exhaust fluid must be refilled when low or replaced when contaminated or your vehicle speed becomes limited to 50 mph (80 km/h). In these conditions, drive with caution and refill diesel exhaust fluid immediately. If the diesel exhaust fluid becomes empty or contaminated and fluid is not replaced, your vehicle becomes limited to engine idle only once stopped. In these conditions, be cautious where you stop your vehicle because you may not be able to drive long distances or maintain highway speeds until you refill or replace the diesel exhaust fluid. Note: Drain and replace diluted diesel exhaust fluid. WARNING: Tampering with or disabling the selective catalytic reduction system results in severe vehicle performance limitation including eventual speed limiting to 5 mph (8 km/h). Filling the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank in Cold Climates A systems check displays messages indicating the amount of diesel exhaust fluid available or displays a warning message indicating the approximate distance remaining as the fluid in the diesel exhaust fluid tank nears empty. See Information Messages (page 75). Diesel exhaust fluid freezes if the ambient temperature is below 12°F (-11°C). Your vehicle has a preheating system which allows diesel exhaust fluid to operate below 12°F (-11°C). If you do not use your vehicle for an extended period when the ambient temperature is below 12°F (-11°C), the fluid in the tank freezes. If the tank is overfilled and the fluid freezes it may damage the tank. This is not covered by the vehicle warranty. 122 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Diesel Exhaust Fluid Guidelines and Information As the diesel exhaust fluid level nears empty, the warning E163176 symbol displays and a series of tones and messages starting at 500 mi (800 km) remaining before diesel exhaust fluid is depleted. The warning symbol and messages continue until you refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank. • • Continued driving without refilling results in the following actions as required by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): • Within a preset distance to empty, speed is limited upon vehicle restart. Prior to this occurring a message appears in the information display. • Further vehicle operation without refilling the diesel exhaust fluid tank causes the engine to enter an idle-only condition. This only occurs upon vehicle refueling or at an extended idle. A message indicates the required actions to resume normal operation. It is required to add a minimum of 1.0 gal (3.8 L) of diesel exhaust fluid to the tank to exit the idle-only condition, but your vehicle is still in the speed-limiting mode until you refill the tank completely. • • • • • • • Note: For either vehicle speed limiting or idle-only condition, normal vehicle operation resumes when you refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank. • Note: When filling the diesel exhaust fluid tank from empty, there may be a short delay before detecting the increased level of fluid. The increased level detection must occur before your vehicle returns to full power. • 123 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Use only diesel exhaust fluid that carries the American Petroleum Institute (API) certified diesel exhaust fluid trademark or ISO 22241. Do not put diesel exhaust fluid in the diesel fuel tank. If this happens, do not switch the ignition on. Drain the fuel tank as soon as possible. Do not overfill the diesel exhaust fluid tank. Diesel exhaust fluid is corrosive. Do not reuse the diesel exhaust fluid container once it is emptied. Avoid spilling diesel exhaust fluid on painted surfaces, carpeting or plastic components. Immediately wipe away any diesel exhaust fluid that has spilled with a damp cloth and water. If it has already crystallized, use warm water and a sponge. Store diesel exhaust fluid out of direct sunlight and in temperatures between 23°F (-5°C) and 68°F (20°C). Diesel exhaust fluid freezes below 12°F (-11°C). Do not store the diesel exhaust fluid bottle in your vehicle. If it leaks it could damage interior components or release an ammonia odor inside your vehicle. Diesel exhaust fluid is a non-flammable, non-toxic, colorless and water-soluble liquid. The system has a diesel exhaust fluid quality sensor. Dilution of diesel exhaust fluid or use of any other liquid in the selective catalytic reduction system leads to a diesel exhaust fluid system fault, eventually leading to the vehicle only operating in idle-only mode. Engine Emission Control • • Do not dilute diesel exhaust fluid with water or any other liquid. An ammonia odor may be smelled when the cap is removed or during refill. Refill diesel exhaust fluid in a well ventilated area. Continued driving without replacing diesel exhaust fluid or having the selective catalytic reduction system repaired results in the following actions as required by the California Air Resources Board (CARB) and U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): • Within a preset distance to empty, speed is limited upon vehicle restart. Prior to this occurring a message appears in the information display. • Further vehicle operation without replacing contaminated diesel exhaust fluid causes the engine to enter an idle-only condition. This only occurs upon vehicle refueling, vehicle idling in park for 1 hour, or engine shutdown for 10 minutes or more and is indicated by a message in the information display indicating the required actions to resume normal operation. Typical Diesel Exhaust Fluid Usage When Using the Power Take Off (PTO) Continuous PTO use—Minimal PTO use 0–7,800 mi (0–12,550 km) Contaminated Diesel Exhaust Fluid or Inoperative Selective Catalytic Reduction System Selective catalytic reduction systems are sensitive to contamination of the diesel exhaust fluid. Maintaining the purity of the fluid is important to avoid system malfunctions. Do not add fuel or any additive to the diesel exhaust fluid tank. If you remove or drain the diesel exhaust fluid tank, do not use the same fluid to refill the tank. The system has a sensor to monitor fluid quality. Note: For vehicle speed limiting or idle-only condition, normal vehicle operation resumes when you repair the contaminated system. To service a contaminated or inoperative system, see an authorized dealer. DIESEL PARTICULATE FILTER A warning lamp illuminates and a message appears in the E163176 information display if the system becomes contaminated or inoperative. Your vehicle has a diesel particulate filter. The diesel particulate filter is an inline filter in the exhaust system that reduces carbon emissions by trapping exhaust particles before they reach the tailpipe. The diesel particulate filter looks similar to a traditional exhaust catalyst, except larger, and is part of the exhaust system under your vehicle. The filter couples to a diesel oxidation catalyst that reduces the amount of harmful exhaust emitted from the tailpipe. As soot gathers in the system, it begins to restrict the filter. Periodically, you need to clean the soot that gathers inside the filter. You can clean the soot in two different ways, passive regeneration and active regeneration. Both methods occur 124 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control automatically and require no actions from the driver. During either one of these regeneration methods, you may notice a change in exhaust tone. At certain times, various messages related to the diesel particulate filter appear in the information displays. Failure to perform active or operator commanded regeneration when instructed could result in a clogged diesel particulate filter. If the diesel particulate filter fills beyond the regeneration threshold, your vehicle disables the ability for active and operator commanded regeneration. This could result in irreversible damage to the diesel particulate filter requiring replacement that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Oxidation Catalytic Converter and Diesel Particulate Filter System (If Equipped) Passive Regeneration WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the diesel oxidation catalytic converter or the diesel particulate filter. The diesel oxidation catalytic converter and the diesel particulate filter heat up to very high temperatures after only a short period of engine operation and remain hot after you switch the engine off. In passive regeneration, the exhaust system temperature and constituents automatically clean the filter by oxidizing the soot. Cleaning automatically occurs during normal vehicle operating conditions due to driving patterns. Active Regeneration Once the diesel particulate filter is full of exhaust particles, the engine control module commands the exhaust system to clean the filter through active regeneration. Active regeneration requires the engine computer to raise the exhaust temperature to eliminate the particles. During cleaning, the particles convert to harmless gasses. Once cleaned the diesel particulate filter continues trapping exhaust particles. Diesel Particulate Filter Maintenance You must properly maintain your vehicle's diesel particulate filter in order for it to function properly. The regeneration process operates more efficiently when you drive your vehicle at a constant speed above 30 mph (48 km/h) and at a steady engine speed for approximately 20 minutes. The frequency and duration of regeneration fluctuates by how you drive your vehicle, outside air temperature and altitude. For most driving, regeneration frequency varies from 100–500 mi (160–805 km) between occurrences and each occurrence lasts 9–35 minutes. You can usually reduce the duration of regeneration if you maintain a constant speed above 30 mph (48 km/h). Do not disregard maintenance messages that appear in the information display. Failure to follow the instructions of an information message may degrade vehicle performance and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. 125 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control When the engine control module detects that the diesel particulate filter is nearly full of particulates and you are not operating your vehicle in a manner to allow effective automatic regeneration, messages appear in the information display as a reminder for you to drive your vehicle in order to clean the diesel particulate filter. If you drive your vehicle in a manner to allow effective automatic regeneration, the information display shows a cleaning exhaust filter message, which is the normal regeneration process. You can also choose operator commanded regeneration to clean the exhaust system at this point. See Information Messages (page 75). When to Carry Out Operator Commanded Regeneration If you are not able to drive in a manner that allows effective automatic active regeneration or you choose to perform regeneration of the diesel particulate filter while at idle, then operator commanded regeneration would need to be performed. 1. Park the vehicle in an outdoor location. 2. Fully raise the vehicle hood. The hood should remain up for the entire regeneration process. 3. Start the DPF Service Regeneration procedure on the vehicle. The DPF regeneration cycle should take approximately 30 minutes to complete. You can use the operator commanded regeneration feature when a message appears in the information display only. When viewing the Exhaust Filter Status message - Exhaust Filter XX% and the diesel particulate filter message indicates FULL, and you are not able to drive in a manner that allows effective automatic active regeneration, or if you choose to manually start the regeneration of the diesel particulate filter manually while the vehicle is idle. See Information Messages (page 75). How to Run Multiple Regeneration Cycles Operator Commanded Regeneration (If Equipped) If your vehicle is operated with significant stationary operation, low speed drive cycles less than 25 mph (40 km/h), short drive cycles, a drive time is less than 10 15 minutes or the vehicle does not fully warm up, passive and active regeneration may not sufficiently clean the diesel particulate filter system. Operator commanded regeneration allows you to manually start regeneration of the diesel particulate filter at idle to clean the filter only when the diesel particulate filter is full (100%). If you are not sure whether your vehicle has this feature, contact an authorized dealer. 126 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control 4. After the DPF Service Regeneration procedure completes: • If the vehicle’s soot level is at an acceptable level, close the hood. The vehicle is ready to be driven. • If the vehicle’s soot level remains higher than desired, let the vehicle idle for a minimum of 30 minutes (hood remains fully open). After the 30 minutes have passed, initiate the second DPF regeneration procedure. It is very unlikely that more than 2 regeneration cycles will be required, but if additional cycles are necessary, allow for a 30-minute vehicle idle (hood up) to occur between regeneration cycles. 5. Once all DPF regeneration cycles are complete, close the hood. The vehicle is ready to be driven. Before you start operator commanded regeneration, do the following: • Shift into park (P) or if you have an RNDM selector shift into neutral (N) and apply the parking and or air brake, on stable, level ground. • Park your vehicle outside of any structure. • Park your vehicle 10–15 ft (3–5 m) away from any obstructions and away from materials that can easily combust or melt, for example paper, leaves, petroleum products, fuels, plastics and other dry organic material. • Make sure there is a minimum of 1/8 tank of fuel. • Make sure all fluids are at proper levels. How to Start Operator Commanded Regeneration Operator Commanded Regeneration Precautions and Safe Exhaust Position WARNING: Stay clear of the exhaust tailpipe during regeneration. Hot exhaust gases can burn you badly. WARNING: Do not park or idle your vehicle over dry leaves, dry grass or other combustible materials. The regeneration process creates very high exhaust gas temperatures and the exhaust will radiate a considerable amount of heat during and after regeneration and after you have switched the engine off. This is a potential fire hazard. Note: You cannot use the operator commanded regeneration until the diesel particulate filter load percentage has reached 100%. The diesel particulate filter load percentage fluctuates up and down when driving your vehicle due to active and passive regenerations. Note: During the use of operator commanded regeneration, you may observe a light amount of white smoke. This is normal. WARNING: Stay clear of the exhaust tailpipe during regeneration. Hot exhaust gases can burn you badly. You may not be able to use operator commanded regeneration if the service engine soon warning lamp appears in the information display E67028 Make sure that the louvers located at the tip of the exhaust are clear of any obstructions as they are used to introduce fresh air into the tailpipe to cool the exhaust gases as they leave the exhaust system. 127 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control Information Display Procedure complete. Do not reposition the vehicle over materials that could burn until the exhaust system has had sufficient time to cool. Depending on the amount of soot collected by the diesel particulate filter, ambient temperature and altitude, operator commanded regeneration lasts approximately 30 minutes. Start your vehicle engine and when it has reached the normal operating temperature, arrow through the display to get to the Diesel Particulate Filter Status on the Truck Info tab. Exhaust Filter XX%/FULL displays. Operator commanded regeneration can only be initiated when FULL See Information Display Control (page 53). If a message advising that the exhaust filter is full appears in the information display, press and hold the OK button to initiate Exhaust Cleaning. If successful, a second prompt appears regarding exhaust position required to initiate operator commanded regeneration. Be sure to understand each prompt. If you are not sure what is being asked by each prompt, contact an authorized dealer. If the exhaust system meets the position requirements then press and hold the OK button to fully activate the Operator Commanded Regeneration. The display confirms the operation has started and when it has finished. Operator Commanded Regeneration with Automatic Regeneration Control (If Equipped) If your vehicle is operated with significant stationary operation, low speed drive cycles less than 25 mph (40 km/h), short drive cycles, drive time less than 15 minutes or the vehicle does not fully warm up, passive and active regeneration may not sufficiently clean the diesel particulate filter system. You can switch off automatic regeneration until better driving conditions are available, for example steady high speed driving. You can then switch automatic regeneration back on to clean the diesel particulate filter. You can also drive to clean the filter. Switching Automatic Regeneration Control On and Off When the system is at the point E67028 of oversaturation, the service engine warning lamp illuminates and a message appears in the information display. You cannot initiate filter cleaning. You must have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. To switch operator commanded regeneration on and off, use the information display control on the steering wheel. See Information Display Control (page 53). Scroll through the Settings tab to ensure there is a check in the box next to Auto Regeneration, this means it is active. To deactivate Auto Regeneration, uncheck the box. A message appears “Auto Exhaust Cleaning Off” along with an icon indicating that Auto Exhaust Cleaning is disabled. The icon stays illuminated until you switch Auto Exhaust Cleaning back on by checking the box. Once operator commanded regeneration starts, engine speed increases to approximately 1200 rpm and the cooling fan speed may increase. You will hear a change in audible sound due to engine speed and cooling fan speed increases. It is not necessary to open the hood on the engine compartment. Once operator commanded regeneration completes, the engine speed returns to normal idling. The exhaust system remains very hot for several minutes even after regeneration is 128 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Engine Emission Control How to Interrupt or Cancel Operator Commanded Regeneration Resonator and Tailpipe Assembly Maintenance If you need to cancel the operator commanded regeneration, pressing the brake, accelerator or switching the engine off stops the procedure. Depending on the amount of time you allowed the operator commanded regeneration to operate, soot may not have had sufficient time to be fully eliminated, but the exhaust system and exhaust gas may still be hot. If you shut your vehicle off during operator commanded regeneration, you may notice turbo flutter. This is a normal consequence caused by shutting off a diesel engine during boosted operation and is considered normal. Aftermarket devices or modifications to the exhaust system may reduce the effectiveness of the exhaust system as well as cause damage to the exhaust system or engine. This may also degrade vehicle performance and could lead to engine damage that may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Filter Service and Maintenance Over time, a slight amount of ash builds up in the diesel particulate filter, which is not removed during the regeneration process. The filter may need to be replaced with a new or remanufactured part at approximately 250,000 mi (400,000 km). Actual mileage varies depending on engine and vehicle operating conditions. If filter service is required, the engine control system warning lamp illuminates in the information display. If there are any issues with the diesel particulate filter system, the engine control system warning lamp and a service E67028 engine soon warning lamp illuminate to inform you that your vehicle requires service. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 129 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission 2. Move the gearshift lever into the preferred gear. 3. When you finish driving, come to a complete stop. 4. Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in park (P) or neutral (N). AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into park (P), switch the ignition off and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. The instrument cluster displays the current gear. Park (P) WARNING: Do not apply the brake pedal and accelerator pedal simultaneously. Applying both pedals simultaneously for more than a few seconds limits vehicle performance, which may result in difficulty maintaining speed in traffic and could lead to serious injury. If your transmission has a park (P) position, this position locks the transmission and prevents the rear wheels from turning. Reverse (R) With the gearshift lever in reverse (R), your vehicle moves backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R). Understanding the Shift Positions of Your Automatic Transmission Neutral (N) 6-Speed Transmissions With the gearshift lever in neutral (N), you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down when in this position. Drive (D) Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy. The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through six. E163183 10-Speed Transmissions Manual (M) With the gearshift lever in manual (M), the driver can change gears up or down as preferred. By moving the gearshift lever from drive (D) to manual (M), you now have control of selecting the gear you prefer using the buttons on the shift lever. See Understanding Your SelectShift Automatic™ Transmission later in this section. E308145 Putting your vehicle in or out of gear: 1. Fully press the brake pedal. 130 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission To return to normal drive (D) position, move the shift lever back from manual (M) to drive (D). The tow/haul feature: • Delays upshifts to reduce the frequency of transmission shifting. • Provides engine braking in all forward gears, which slows your vehicle and assists you in controlling your vehicle when descending a grade. • Depending on driving and load conditions, could downshift the transmission to slow your vehicle and help control your vehicle speed when descending a hill, without pressing the accelerator pedal. Tapping the brake pedal downshifts the transmission to provide additional braking, only if the downshift does not cause an engine overspeed condition. The transmission operates in gears one through six. Second (2) The transmission operates in second (2) gear only. Use second (2) gear to just start on slippery roads. First (1) • • • • The transmission operates in first (1) gear only. Provides maximum engine braking. Allows upshifts by moving gearshift lever. Does not downshift into first (1) gear at high speeds; allows for first (1) gear when vehicle reaches slower speeds. The tow/haul feature improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load. All transmission gear ranges are available when using tow/haul. Forced downshifts • • • Note: Under certain conditions, the automatic tow/haul feature engages, and the TOW HAUL indicator illuminates without pressing the tow/haul button. Allowed in drive (D) with the tow/haul feature on or off. Press the accelerator to the floor. Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear. To deactivate the tow/haul feature and return to normal driving mode, press the button on the gearshift lever twice. The TOW HAUL indicator turns off. Tow/haul also deactivates when you power down your vehicle. Tow/Haul Mode To activate tow/haul, press the button on the gearshift lever E161509 once. The TOW HAUL indicator illuminates in the instrument cluster. WARNING: Do not use tow/haul when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle. WARNING: Do not use diesel engine exhaust braking when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle. 131 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission Understanding Your SelectShift™ Automatic Transmission 10-Speed Transmissions Your vehicle has a SelectShift automatic transmission gearshift lever. SelectShift automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears up or down, without a clutch. E308145 With the gearshift lever in drive (D), press the (–) button to activate SelectShift. The instrument cluster indicates the available and selected gears. All available gears display with the current gear indicated. Press the (–) button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear. For example, press the (–) button twice to lock out 6th and 5th gears. Only the available gears display, and the transmission shifts between the available gears. Press the (+) button to unlock gears. E318028 Use the buttons on the shifter to lock or unlock gears and manually select gears. Press the (+) button to upshift or the (–) button to downshift. By moving the gearshift lever from the drive (D) position to the manual (M) position, you could now manually select the gear you prefer. Only the current gear displays. Press the (+) button or the (–) button to upshift or downshift. If you press the (–) button at a vehicle speed that would cause an engine overspeed, the requested gear flashes, then disappears, and the transmission remains in the current gear. 6- Speed Transmissions E163183 132 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission Recommended shift speeds Upshifts when accelerating (recommended for best fuel economy) 6-Speed Shift from: Gasoline engines 1–2 15 mph (24 km/h) 2–3 25 mph (40 km/h) 3–4 40 mph (64 km/h) 4–5 45 mph (72 km/h) 5–6 50 mph (80 km/h) SelectShift does not automatically upshift, even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit. Shift manually by pressing the (+) button. Upshifts when Accelerating (Recommended for Best Fuel Economy) 10-Speed Shift from: Diesel engines 1-2 10 mph (16 km/h) Note: Engine damage could occur if you rev the engine excessively and hold it without shifting. 2-3 15 mph (24 km/h) Progressive Range Selection (If 3-4 19 mph (31 km/h) Equipped) 4-5 22 mph (35 km/h) 5-6 25 mph (40 km/h) 6-7 31 mph (50 km/h) 7-8 36 mph (58 km/h) Progressive range selection gives you the ability to lockout gears from the automatic shifting range. This could provide you with an improved driving experience, for example, in slippery conditions or when experiencing a steep slope. 8-9 45 mph (72 km/h) 9 - 10 49 mph (79 km/h) With the gearshift lever in drive (D), press the (–) button to activate progressive range selection. The instrument cluster indicates the available and selected gears. All available gears display with the current gear indicated. Press the (–) button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear. For example, press the (–) button twice to lock out 6th and 5th gears. Only the available gears display, and the transmission shifts between the available gears. Press the (+) button to unlock gears to allow the transmission to shift to higher gears. The transmission shifts within the gear range you select. To prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM, which could cause it to stall, SelectShift still makes some downshifts if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time. Although SelectShift makes some downshifts for you, it still allows you to downshift at any time if the SelectShift determines that there is no damage to the engine from over-revving. 133 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning If you do not have a blown fuse and the brake lamps are working properly, the following procedure allows you to move the gearshift lever from park (P): This feature could increase durability and provide consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle. A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts, soft shifts, or both. This is normal and does not affect the function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation. 1. 2. 3. 4. Brake-Shift Interlock WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the stoplamps are working. WARNING: When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheel chocks if appropriate. 5. 6. Apply the parking brake. Switch the ignition key to off, then remove the key. Move the steering column to the full down and full rearward position, toward the driver seat. Remove the gearshift lever boot. Place your fingers into the hole where you removed the gearshift lever boot and pull the top half of the shroud up and forward to separate it from the lower half of the shroud. There is a hinge at the forward edge of the top of the shroud. Roll the top half of the shroud upward on the hinge point, then pull straight rearward toward the driver seat to remove. Remove the top half of the shroud. Remove the three fasteners under the column that secure the lower shroud half to the column. WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Your vehicle has a brake-shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from moving from park (P) when you switch the ignition on but have not pressed the brake pedal. E163185 7. Pull the lock lever into the full unlocked position and remove the lower shroud cover by pulling the lever handle through the slot in the cover. 8. Apply the brake. Gently lift the override disk and move the gearshift lever into neutral (N). If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of the park (P) position with the ignition in the on position and the brake pedal pressed, a malfunction could have occurred. It is possible that a fuse has blown, or your vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating properly. See Fuse Specification Chart (page 202). 134 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Transmission vehicle is stationary or mobile. In the stationary condition, there is limited cooling air flow through the radiator and around the vehicle that normally occurs when a vehicle is moving. The aftermarket PTO system installer, having the most knowledge of the final application, is responsible for determining whether additional chassis heat protection or powertrain cooling is required and alerting the user to the safe and proper operation. Your vehicle is approved for use as a Stationary Mode, SplitShaft Mode or Mobile Mode power source within the limits and operating guidelines detailed in the Ford Truck Body Builders Layout Book, found at https://fordbbas.com/home and through the Ford Truck Body Builders Advisory Service. The transmission power source modes are engine specific. E163186 9. Start your vehicle. Perform Steps 4 through 8 in reverse order, making sure to engage the hinge pivots between the upper and lower halves of the shroud. Keep slight pressure in the forward direction as you rotate the halves together. If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission could occur. Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires could occur, or the engine could overheat. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, you could rock it out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear. POWER TAKE-OFF (IF EQUIPPED) Auxiliary equipment called power take-off, or PTO, is often added to the engine or transmission to operate utility equipment. Examples include a wheel-lift for tow trucks, cranes, tools for construction or tire service and pumping fluids. PTO applications draw auxiliary horsepower from the powertrain, often while the 135 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Rear Axle GENERAL INFORMATION 2-SPEED REAR AXLE (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: Exceeding these ratings by overloading can cause component failure resulting in property damage, personal injury or death. WARNING: Never shift a two-speed axle when descending a steep grade as this may cause loss of vehicle control and result in personal injury. Fluid Temperature Note: Do not shift between ranges when the speed control is on. If the operating temperature exceeds 250°F (121°C), the rate of axle lubrication oxidation increases and shortens the life of the lubricant and seals, requiring axle lubrication changes to become more frequent to preserve the axle. Do not consistently run extreme pressure (EP) lubricants above 250°F (121°C). A two-speed rear axle allows the driver to select a low range for greater pulling power and a high range for greater road speed and fuel economy. You can also use these ranges to provide extra steps between transmission shifts when driving on steep grades or fuel economy may be factors. Axle Conversions Axle Shifting WARNING: When operating a loaded vehicle, the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times, supporting their share of the vehicle’s load. Failure to do so can overload other axles, tires, wheels, springs, steering components, brakes and frames, resulting in early component failure, loss of vehicle control, possible property damage and personal injury. We do not recommend, or approve, performing axle conversions. However, we understand that, on occasion, others install aftermarket add-on axles on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles (such as air lift axles). E208228 Note: Do not shift the axle to LOW when your vehicle is moving. Use LOW when you drive a fully loaded vehicle on a severe grade or in congested traffic. Use HIGH for all normal driving conditions with a lightly loaded or partially loaded vehicle. Note: The axle is set to HIGH by default. To shift the axle between HIGH and LOW with the vehicle stopped, place the transmission in position N, then press and hold the button for two seconds. 136 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Pneumatic Locking Differential WHAT IS THE PNEUMATIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL PNEUMATIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL PRECAUTIONS The pneumatic locking differential can lock or unlock the differential when the vehicle is moving or stopped. The differential lock provides full power to both wheels when extra traction is required. WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle weight rating can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, cause vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. HOW DOES THE PNEUMATIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL WORK WARNING: Failure to raise all drive wheels with this type of differential could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly, resulting in property damage, personal injury or death. If your vehicle is equipped with a pneumatic locking differential: • • Power is transmitted to the opposite wheel should one of the wheels begin to slip. Raise both wheels off the ground if it becomes necessary to operate one wheel with the vehicle stationary. WARNING: Sudden acceleration on slippery surfaces could cause the wheels to spin, the vehicle to turn sideways on a crowned road surface or in a turn, possibly resulting in loss of vehicle control and personal injury. The differential can be locked or unlocked when the vehicle is moving at a constant speed of less than 25 mph (40 km/h) and while the wheels are not slipping. Do not lock the differential when the vehicle is traveling down steep grades and traction is minimal. SWITCHING THE PNEUMATIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL ON AND OFF Press and hold the button on the dash to turn the system on or off. Note: Do not use the differential lock at vehicle speeds above 25 mph (40 km/h). When the differential is locked, the vehicle’s turning radius increases causing understeer. The differential lock and differential lock light automatically disengage at speeds above 25 mph (40 km/h). The differential lock remains off until the vehicle is restarted or the differential lock switch is turned off then back on. E366571 137 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Pneumatic Locking Differential PNEUMATIC LOCKING DIFFERENTIAL INDICATORS Illuminates when using the electronic locking differential. E163170 138 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Brake Over Accelerator GENERAL INFORMATION In the event the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the transmission to park (P), switch the engine off and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have your vehicle towed to the nearest authorized dealer Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out. Have the system checked as soon as possible. If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudder in the steering wheel while braking, have the system checked as soon as possible. All standard equipment brakes are self-adjusting. Automatic adjustment, when required, occurs whenever you apply and release the brakes during forward or reverse operation. Anti-lock Brake System Know the required stopping distances for all driving conditions you may encounter. For longer brake lining life, take full advantage of engine braking power when coming to a stop. This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking. If the light does not illuminate during start up, remains on or flashes, the system may be disabled. It also momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked. E67020 Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes. If the brakes do not grip well: • Check brake adjustment. • Check the brake linings for excessive wear. • Check the system air pressure on vehicles with air brakes. • Let the brakes cool if you have been using them excessively, as in mountain driving or after several fast, high-speed stops. • If you have been driving through deep water, gently apply the brakes several times while your vehicle is moving slowly. If you connect a PLC trailer with the ignition on, the trailer ABS light also illuminates. If the light fails to illuminate, if it remains on after you start the vehicle or continues to flash, have the system serviced immediately. E210335 See Warning Lamps and Indicators (page 67). 139 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes If the system is disabled, normal braking is still effective. If the E209041 brake warning lamp illuminates with the parking brake released, have the system checked immediately. It also momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked. WARNING: This control is for parking only. Do not leave the vehicle unattended after setting the parking brake without placing the transmission in park (P). We recommend using wheel chocks for hilly or off-road circumstances. WARNING: Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if you do not take these precautions. HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. The anti-lock brake system does not eliminate the risks when: • You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you. • Your vehicle is hydroplaning. • You take corners too fast. • The road surface is poor. Apply the parking brake whenever the vehicle is parked. To set the parking brake, pull the handle up until it snaps into the locked position. When the parking brake is out of adjustment, seek service immediately. Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal could pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal. The parking brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster illuminates, and remains illuminated (when you switch on the ignition), until you release the parking brake. E208810 PARKING BRAKE Hydraulic Brakes (If Equipped) WARNING: Always set the parking brake and leave your vehicle with the transmission in park (P). E210347 140 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Air Brakes (If Equipped) Push the palm release lever (A) on the parking brake handle (B) and push down as far as possible to release the brake. Driving with the parking brake on causes the brakes to wear out quickly and reduces fuel economy. WARNING: This control is for parking only. Do not leave the vehicle unattended after setting the parking brake without placing the transmission in park (P). We recommend using wheel chocks for hilly or off-road circumstances. We recommend you not use the parking brake to stop a moving vehicle. However, if the normal brakes fail, you can use the parking brake to stop your vehicle in an emergency. Since the parking brake only applies retardation to the rear wheels, the vehicle's stopping distance increases greatly and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected. If the service brakes fail to operate while your vehicle is moving, you can make an emergency stop with the parking brake. Since the parking brake only applies stopping power to the rear wheels, your vehicle’s stopping distance greatly increases and the handling of your vehicle is adversely affected. Make repairs immediately to an inoperative air brake system circuit. Releasing Spring Manually WARNING: Do not attempt to disassemble the parking brake air chamber under any circumstances as this may cause serious injury. WARNING: Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving. WARNING: Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if you do not take these precautions. E210341 Pull the yellow, dash-mounted parking brake knob to apply the parking brake. If you release hydraulic pressure from the spring brake chamber, the power spring applies the brake. If the hydraulic pressure can be re-established, you must release the spring brake in order to move your vehicle. The parking brake light illuminates and remains illuminated (when you switch the ignition to the on position) until you release the parking brake. E208810 141 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Releasing the Parking Brake You can only use an outside air source if the protected system is in operating condition. If you cannot restore air pressure in the protected air system, you must release the spring-actuated brakes manually. WARNING: When your vehicle is stationary, keep the brake pedal fully pressed when shifting gears. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury, death or property damage. Releasing Spring Manually Do not use impact wrenches as they may damage the piston and prevent proper caging of the spring. Do not apply more than 50 lb.ft (68 Nm) to the release bolt nut. Note: Read and understand the following steps and perform them whenever you prepare to drive the vehicle. Note: The parking brake does not disengage unless sufficient system air pressure is available. 1. Remove the stud tool and nut from the carrying pocket on the brake chamber assembly. 1. Press and hold the service brake pedal while the engine is running. 2. Select the appropriate drive gear. 3. Push and hold the yellow dash-mounted parking brake knob until the parking brake light turns off, then release. Parking Brake Light Illumination Due to Low Air Pressure E210365 2. Remove the access plug from the end of the spring chamber. 3. Insert the release stud through the opening in the chamber and into the spring pressure plate. If the air pressure becomes too low at any time during vehicle operation, the parking brake may apply and the parking brake light turns on. If the parking brake applies due to low air pressure, immediate service is required to the parking brake system. Releasing Spring Brake with Air Pressure The air system in all vehicles with spring-actuated rear wheel parking brakes has a valve on the governor for connection to an outside air supply. The valve lets you recharge the system with air from an outside source, releasing the spring-actuated parking brakes. Your vehicle is now ready to tow in an emergency. E210366 4. Turn the release stud ¼ turn to engage the stud tangs with the slot in the pressure plate. Keep the stud engaged and install the nut on the release stud. 142 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes 5. Tighten the nut until the spring is fully caged and brakes released. Do not loosen or remove the release stud and nut unless you completely assemble and securely clamp the brake chamber. 6. After restoring the air pressure, unscrew and remove the release stud and install in the carrying pocket. Install the access plug. developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights or when reversing uphill into a parking space. When the vehicle is on a slope, the system will turn on automatically to prevent vehicle rollback. Note: There is no warning light to indicate the system is either on or off. HILL START ASSIST VEHICLES WITH: HYDRAULIC BRAKES Using Hill Start Assist 1. Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed and shift into gear when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill. 2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system automatically activates. 3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for about two to three seconds. This hold time automatically extends if you are in the process of driving off. 4. Drive off in the normal manner. The system releases the brakes automatically. Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the pedal again when the system is active, you will experience significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This is normal. WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake. WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system, and intervening if required. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: The system will turn off if a malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without needing to use the parking brake. Switching the System On and Off When the system is active, your vehicle remains stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The brakes release when the engine has You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle. Vehicles with Manual Transmission 143 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Vehicles with Automatic Transmission When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically turns on. You cannot turn the system on or off. AIR BRAKES WARNING: Failure to maintain proper air brake adjustment can result in reduction or loss of braking ability. E210336 Periodically check the air pressure gauge while driving. Pressure should range between approximately 100 psi (690 kPa) to 130 psi (896 kPa). The air compressor governor cut-in and cutout pressure settings are set at the factory and cannot be adjusted. WARNING: Do not drive or continue to drive if the low air pressure buzzer is sounding or the brake warning light is lit. These warnings indicate that air pressure is not to normal operating level. Continued use of the vehicle could result in loss of braking ability. When air pressure is insufficient (below 60 psi (414 kPa)), a E206772 warning light illuminates and a buzzer sounds when the ignition is on. This may happen because excessive brake applications are depleting the system air pressure. If this condition occurs, stop driving your vehicle until the compressor has fully recharged the air system. WARNING: Avoid repeated light application of the brake pedal. This depletes air pressure faster and could result in loss of braking capability. WARNING: Do not move the vehicle when the air pressure is insufficient because the brake system may be inoperative. Select a gear ratio to help slow your vehicle before descending grades. Supplementing with brakes, as required, helps safely slow the vehicle and avoids overspeeding the engine. After starting the engine, allow time for the air compressor to build air pressure to 60 psi (414 kPa) before moving your vehicle. Air Chamber Stroke Indication Drum Brakes Air chamber push rods have orange stroke indicator markers that warn when the braking system requires adjustment or repair. The painted orange indicator is on the air chamber push rod at the slack adjuster stroke dimension that requires service when visible during brake application. 144 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Emergency Air Brake Only qualified service technicians should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs. WARNING: Do not continue to operate the vehicle with a failure of one of the brake systems. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Cam Brakes - Automatic Slack Adjusters - Drum Brakes WARNING: Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash. Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster, with the installation of the adjuster, or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy. Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke. Brake Wear Indicator - Disc Brakes E392040 Inspect the brake wear indicator every time before starting the vehicle. The wear indicator length through the hole continues to reduce depending on the brake pad wear. Replace the brake pads immediately if the lining material thickness is 0.0787 in (2 mm) or less on either of the brake pads. EXHAUST BRAKE (IF EQUIPPED) E210337 Standard air brakes (cam) are equipped with automatic brake adjusters. Automatic adjustment occurs during brake applications. Inspect brakes for proper adjustment at the specified intervals. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). WARNING: Do not use tow/haul when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle. WARNING: Do not use diesel engine exhaust braking when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle. 145 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Note: Installing an exhaust or auxiliary brake does not necessarily protect the engine from exceeding the maximum governed speed. Use the primary brakes to make sure the engine never exceeds the maximum governed speed under any circumstance. Note: Engine speed has a major influence on limiting performance. When engine speed stays at the maximum allowable level, the exhaust brake operates at peak performance. Note: Exhaust brakes operate effectively with automatic transmissions. However, performance varies with engine speed and the gear selected by the transmission. An exhaust brake is an auxiliary braking system that assists, but does not replace, the primary brake system. It helps control vehicle speed. It is not a vehicle-stopping device. E215226 To switch the exhaust brake on, press the button. A light on the instrument cluster indicates the system is on. Press the button again to switch it off. Use the button on the instrument panel, in combination with the accelerator pedal, to maximize the use of the exhaust brake in the following conditions: • Off-highway driving. • Mountain driving. • Heavy traffic. • High-speed highway driving. While approaching a steep grade, make sure that the exhaust brake switch is on. The exhaust brake begins working as soon as you remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. Before descending a hill or steep grade, always select the proper gear. If you take the transmission out of gear while descending, you may not be able to select another gear because of maximum governed RPM. Make sure the engine speed does not exceed the maximum allowable engine RPM. Exceeding the maximum allowable engine RPM can result in damage to the engine. Apply the service brakes to reduce the engine RPM or make a slower descent by using a lower gear. 146 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes While driving down a grade, use a low enough gear to descend safely with a minimum application of the service brakes. As a general guideline, use the same gear as you use to ascend the hill. TRAILER BRAKES (IF EQUIPPED) Trailer Brake Hand Control (If Equipped) WARNING: The hand control should never be used to apply the brakes when the tractor and trailer are parked unattended. Air may leak from the system and the vehicle could possibly move, resulting in possible property damage, personal injury or death. Exhaust Brake Operating Characteristics The exhaust brake switches on when you remove your feet from the accelerator pedal and the exhaust brake is on. If the brake is working properly, you may notice: • A slight change in engine sound when the exhaust brake turns on. • A smooth braking effect. Do not expect a retarding effect similar to sudden, hard application of the service brakes. • A retarding force possibly felt acting against your body during brake application, depending on the grade and vehicle load. This force helps your vehicle resist increasing speeds down grades. • Engine temperatures remaining in the normal operating range. • A drop in engine RPM, depending on grade and vehicle load, during a descent. • A decrease in road speed when applying the exhaust brake during a descent, except when your vehicle is carrying a heavy load or the grade is extremely steep. In these instances, you may need to apply the service brakes occasionally. E210339 The hand control is located on the right-hand side of the instrument panel. It applies the trailer service brakes, which are independent of the truck or tractor service brakes. It operates a valve that provides gradual control of air pressure applied. When the valve is only partially applied, you can override the trailer brakes by pressing fully on the brake pedal. To apply the trailer brakes using the hand control, move the lever downward. The further you push the lever down, the greater the air pressure is applied to the brakes. The lever remains in place until manually moved. To release the trailer brakes, move the lever up completely. 147 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Trailer Air Supply and Parking Brake Modular Controls (If Equipped) E210341 The parking brake controls the spring brakes on the tractor. When you pull the knob out, it causes the trailer supply valve to pop out, applying both the tractor and trailer parking brakes. You can independently release the trailer brakes by pushing only the trailer air supply valve in. E210340 The trailer air supply valve delivers air to the trailer supply and automatically pops out, shutting off the trailer supply, if pressure decreases to approximately 35 psi (249 kPa). Initial Charge E210342 With the air system completely discharged, both knobs (A and B) are out. When the air pressure reaches 70 psi (481 kPa), the trailer air supply (A - red knob) may be pushed in and should stay in, charging the trailer air system and releasing the trailer brakes. E210343 You can push in the parking brake (B yellow knob) and supply air to the tractor spring brakes, releasing them. 20 1 148 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing 2 Brakes Normal Driving Position Push in both knobs (A and B) to supply air to both trailer and tractor spring brakes, releasing all brakes. E210343 System Park E210344 With both knobs (A and B) pushed in (normal driving position), the parking brakes for both the tractor and trailer can be applied by pulling the parking brake knob (B) out, exhausting air from the tractor spring brakes, simultaneously causing the trailer air supply valve to pop out, applying the trailer brakes. 149 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Brakes Trailer Charge E210342 piston within the valve moves, exhausting the trailer air supply, applying the trailer brakes. Further reduction of air pressure, while holding the trailer air supply knob in, causes the parking brake knob to pop out at 25 psi (172 kPa). If both knobs (A and B) are out, and you want to recharge the trailer while leaving the tractor spring brakes applied, the trailer air supply (A) can be pushed in to recharge the trailer air supply line. You can also use this mode to park a combination vehicle with tractor spring brakes. Actuation of Trailer Park (Emergency) or Tractor Bobtail Position Automatic Application E210345 E210345 To actuate the trailer brakes only, pull out the trailer air supply (A) knob. This applies the trailer brakes whether the trailer uses emergency or spring brakes. If both knobs (A and B) are pushed in and the brake system air pressure is reduced to approximately 35 psi (249 kPa), the trailer air supply (A) knob automatically pops out applying the emergency or parking brakes on the trailer. If the trailer air supply (A) knob is manually held in and the air pressure is reduced to approximately 30 psi (207 kPa), a tripper You can also use this mode when the tractor or truck with trailer is used during bobtail operation. 150 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Traction Control During traction control operation, the traction control light flashes rapidly and the engine does not rev-up when you press further on the accelerator. This is normal and is no reason for concern. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction. In mud/snow mode, the TCS OFF light illuminates on the instrument cluster. If a traction event occurs in either mode, the stability and traction control light flashes rapidly. USING TRACTION CONTROL VEHICLES WITH: AIR BRAKES USING TRACTION CONTROL VEHICLES WITH: HYDRAULIC BRAKES WARNING: Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. WARNING: Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. E330660 Press the TCS Off button on the instrument panel to enable the mud/snow mode. The system turns on each time you switch the ignition on. This is beneficial when your vehicle is stuck in snow or on a slippery road surface. This mode allows wheel spin to dig your vehicle out and allows you to rock your vehicle. E330660 Use the traction control button on the instrument panel to switch the system off or on. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switching traction control off is beneficial as this allows the wheels to spin. Press the switch again to select standard traction control. The system automatically selects standard traction control at the next ignition cycle. Press the button again to switch the traction control system on. System Indicator Light System Indicator Light Note: If the traction control light does not flash during a traction control event or stays illuminated, the system is not functioning properly. Take your vehicle to an authorized dealer for service. Note: If the traction control light does not flash during a traction control event or stays on, the system is not operating. Have the system checked as soon as possible. During a traction control event, the traction control light rapidly flashes. Pressing further on the accelerator does not cause the engine to rev higher. This is normal and is no reason for concern. 151 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Traction Control When the system turns the traction control off, the OFF light illuminates on the instrument cluster. If a traction event occurs in either mode, the stability and traction control light rapidly flashes. 152 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Stability Control PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION VEHICLES WITH: HYDRAULIC BRAKES reduce the operator's ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN. WARNING: Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. The system turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If a fault occurs in either the stability control or the traction control system, the following conditions are possible: • • The stability and traction control light illuminate. The stability control and traction control systems are not maintaining traction of the wheels. If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system, the following conditions are possible: • • • • • • WARNING: Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It's always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could The stability and traction control light flash. Your vehicle slows down. The system reduces engine power. A vibration in the brake pedal. The brake pedal is stiffer than usual. If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal could move as the system applies higher brake force. The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle: Electronic Stability Control The system assists in preventing skids or lateral slides by applying the brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, decreases engine power. 153 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Stability Control Traction Control interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. The system helps maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 151). WARNING: Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It's always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator's ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN. E72903 A Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route. B Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface. The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION VEHICLES WITH: AIR BRAKES If a fault occurs in either the stability control or the traction control system, you may experience the following conditions: WARNING: Vehicle modifications involving braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may • 154 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing The stability and traction control light illuminates steadily. Stability Control • The stability control and traction control systems do not enhance your vehicle's ability to maintain traction of the wheels. If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following conditions: • • • The stability and traction control light flashes rapidly. Your vehicle slows down. Reduced engine power. The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle: Electronic Stability Control E72903 The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral slides by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, reducing engine power. Roll Stability Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to prevent rollovers by detecting your vehicle’s motion and the rate at which it changes by applying the brakes to one or more wheels individually. A Vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route. B Vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface. USING STABILITY CONTROL The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on You cannot switch the stability control and roll stability control systems off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the systems deactivate. Traction Control The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 151). You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Traction Control (page 151). Limitations of the Stability System Stability Control effectiveness may be greatly reduced if: 155 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Stability Control • • • • Your load shifts due to improper retention, accident damage or the inherently mobile nature of some loads, for example, hanging meat, live animals or partially laden tankers. Your vehicle or load has an unusually high or off-set center of gravity. Your brakes are not properly adjusted or maintained. One side of your vehicle drops off the pavement at an angle that is too great to be counteracted by a reduction in speed. Chassis Modifications Stability control is specifically calibrated and validated only for your vehicle's original configuration. If you alter your vehicle's chassis components, for example, a wheel base extension or reduction, tag axle addition or removal, a major body change such as conversion of a tractor into a truck. Ford Motor Company is not responsible for the performance of the stability control system if you modify any major components such as axle, suspension or steering system. To Maximize the Effectiveness Of Stability Control • • Make sure that the weight of your load is evenly distributed, from front to back, side to side and you secure it properly at all times. Exercise extreme caution at all times while driving and avoid sharp turns, sudden steering inputs or abrupt lane changes at high speeds, particularly if: • Hauling loads that can shift. • Your vehicle or load has a high or off-set center of gravity when loaded. • You are towing doubles or triples. Electronic Stability Control Usage with Tractor/Trailer The electronic stability control system is designed to work with trailer air brake systems. We do not recommend its use with any other trailer brake system. Electronic Stability Control and Towing with Non-tractor Trucks (Straight or Kick-up Frame) Non-tractor trucks (straight or kick-up frame) with air brake electronic stability control, should not be used for towing any type of trailer. 156 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Parking Aids Example REAR VIEW CAMERA (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: The rear view camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage. E142435 WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system. The camera is located on the rear of your vehicle. WARNING: Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image could be incorrect. All guide lines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Note: Camera location may vary depending on the configuration of your vehicle. Using the Rear View Camera System The rear view camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R). WARNING: Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and you might not see some objects. WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving. The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions: • Mud, water or debris obstructs the camera's view. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner. • The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle. The rear view camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle. 157 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control WHAT IS CRUISE CONTROL SETTING THE CRUISE CONTROL SPEED Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes. Requirements Use cruise control when the vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h). Drive to the speed you prefer. SWITCHING CRUISE CONTROL ON AND OFF E246884 Press either button to set the current speed. E246885 WARNING: Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Note: The indicator changes color in the information display. Changing the Set Speed The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. See Cruise Control (page 52). E246884 Switching Cruise Control On Press the button. Press and release the button to increase the set speed in small increments. Press and hold the button to accelerate. Release the button when you reach your preferred speed. E265296 Switching Cruise Control Off E246885 Press the button when the system is in standby mode. Press and release the button to decrease the set speed in small increments. E265297 Press and hold the button to decelerate. Release the button when you reach your preferred speed. The system also turns off when you switch the ignition off. Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off. Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed does not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set. 158 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control CANCELING THE SET SPEED E265298 WARNING: Pay close attention to changing road conditions such as entering or leaving a highway, on roads with intersections or roundabouts, roads without visible lanes of travel, roads that are unpaved, or steep slopes, railroad crossings, pedestrian crossings, and school zones. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Press the button, or tap the brake pedal to cancel the set speed. Note: The system remembers the set speed. Note: The system cancels if the vehicle speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under the set speed when driving uphill. RESUMING THE SET SPEED WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example fog, heavy rain, spray or snow. Press the button. WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer that has aftermarket electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS Illuminates when you switch the system on. WARNING: Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury. E71340 USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: The system may not detect stationary or slow moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h). WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: The system does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road. WARNING: The system does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane. WARNING: The system is not a crash warning or avoidance system. WARNING: Do not use the system with a snow plow blade installed. 159 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control The system adjusts your vehicle speed to maintain the set gap between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select four gap settings. The system adjusts your vehicle speed to maintain the set gap between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select four gap settings. The system uses a radar sensor that projects a beam directly in front of your vehicle. E233874 Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed Drive to your preferred speed. E246884 E246885 Press and release either button. E262918 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The adaptive cruise controls are on the steering wheel. The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display. Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On Press and release the button. E265296 E144529 The indicator, current gap setting and set speed appear in the information display. E233874 A vehicle graphic illuminates if there is a vehicle detected in front of you. Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display. 160 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control Following a Vehicle The system applies the brakes to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance from the vehicle in front. The system only applies limited braking. You can override the system by applying the brakes. WARNING: When following a vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does not always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If the system determines that its maximum braking level is not sufficient, an audible warning sounds, a message appears in the information display and an indicator flashes when the system continues to brake. Take immediate action. WARNING: The system only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases there may be no warning or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Setting the Gap Distance You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by pressing the gap control. Press and release to decrease the gap distance. Note: When you are following a vehicle and you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive cruise control may provide a small temporary acceleration to help you pass. E263697 Press and release to increase the gap distance. E263696 Note: The brakes may emit noise when applied by the system. When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. A vehicle graphic illuminates in the instrument cluster. Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until any of the following occur: • The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed. • The vehicle in front of you moves out of the lane you are in. • Your vehicle speed falls below 12 mph (20 km/h). • You set a new gap distance. E233874 The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the image. Note: The gap setting is time dependent and therefore the distance adjusts with your vehicle speed. Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions. 161 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings E246885 Dynamic Behavior Press and release to decrease the set speed in small increments. Graphic Display, Bars Indicated Between Vehicles Distance Gap 1 Closest. Sport. 2 Close. Normal. 3 Medium. Normal. The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active. 4 Far. Comfort. Canceling the Set Speed Press and hold either button to change the set speed in large increments. Release the button when you reach your preferred speed. Press and release the button or tap the brake pedal. Each time you switch the system on, it selects the last chosen gap setting. E265298 Overriding the Set Speed The set speed does not erase. Resuming the Set Speed WARNING: If you override the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead. Press and release the button. Your vehicle speed returns to the previously set speed and gap setting. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active. When you press the accelerator pedal, you override the set speed and gap distance. E144529 Use the accelerator pedal normally to intentionally exceed the set speed limit. Note: Only use resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it. Automatic Cancellation When you override the system, the green indicator light illuminates and the vehicle image does not appear in the information display. The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). The information display indicates low engine speed, an audible alarm sounds and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed. The system resumes operation when you release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle. Automatic cancellation can also occur when the tires lose traction or you apply the parking brake. Changing the Set Speed E246884 Press and release to increase the set speed in small increments. 162 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control Hilly Condition and Trailer Tow Usage The radar sensor has a limited field of view. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations. The lead vehicle graphic does not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you. You should select a lower gear when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle’s regular brake system to prevent it from overheating. Note: An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it applies brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system functions normally again after the brakes cool. Note: When towing with adaptive cruise control, switch on Tow/Haul mode. Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off E265297 Press and release the button when the system is in standby mode, or switch the ignition off. Note: The set speed and gap setting is erased when you switch the system off. Detection Issues WARNING: On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required. E71621 Detection issues can occur: WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. 163 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front. B With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane. C There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road. Cruise Control Blocked Sensor In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and take action when necessary. If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detection. Optimal system performance requires a clear view of the road by the windshield-mounted camera. Optimal performance may not occur if: • • • The camera is blocked. There is poor visibility or lighting conditions. There are bad weather conditions. System Not Available Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include: • • • E312316 A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The sensor is in the lower grille. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function when something blocks the sensor. A blocked sensor. High brake temperature. A failure in the system or a related system. Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind a fascia panel. Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front protectors and aftermarket lights may also block the sensor. 164 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Cruise Control Possible causes and actions for a message displaying: Cause Action The surface of the radar is dirty or obstructed Clean the grille surface in front of the radar of remove the object causing the obstruction. The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction. Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead. Water, snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals. Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead. You are in a desert or remote area with not Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise other vehicles and no roadside objects. control. Due to the nature of radar technology, it is possible to get a blockage warning with no actual block. A false blocked condition either self clears, or clears after you restart your vehicle. You can change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display. Switching to Normal Cruise Control WARNING: Normal cruise control will not brake when your vehicle is approaching slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary. The cruise control indicator light replaces the adaptive cruise E71340 control indicator light if you select normal cruise control. The gap setting does not display, and the system does not respond to lead vehicles. Automatic braking remains active to maintain set speed. You can change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display. 165 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: If the camera is blocked or if the windshield is damaged, the system may not function. DRIVER ALERT (IF EQUIPPED) Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle, unless it detects a MyKey™. WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: If enabled in the menu, the system activates at speeds above 40 mph (64 km/h). WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked. WARNING: Take regular rest breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system to warn you. WARNING: Certain driving styles may result in the system warning you even if you are not feeling tired. E249505 The system monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor. WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance. If the system detects reduced driving alertness below a certain threshold, the system alerts you using a tone and a message in the information display. WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings. Using Driver Alert WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Switching the system on and off You may switch the system on or off through the information display by selecting Settings, Driver Assist and then Driver Alert in the menu. When activated, the system monitors your alertness level based upon your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings, and other factors. WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us. Note: Keep the windshield free from obstructions. For example, bird droppings, insects and snow or ice. System Warnings Note: The system does not issue warnings below approximately 40 mph (64 km/h). 166 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids The warning system uses two stages. At first the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest. This message only appears for a short time. If the system detects further reduction in driving alertness, another warning could be issued which remains in the information display for a longer time. Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning. When active the system runs in the background and only issues a warning if required. WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning. WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance. WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction. Resetting the System You can reset the system by either: • • Switching the ignition off and on. Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver door. WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. LANE KEEPING SYSTEM (IF WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us. EQUIPPED) WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Note: The system works if the camera can detect one lane marking at a speed above 40 mph (64 km/h). Note: The system may not function with a blocked camera, or if the windshield is damaged or dirty. WARNING: Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle. WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow and spray can all limit sensor performance. WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings. E249505 167 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids System Display When you switch the lane keeping system on and the camera detects a drift out of the travel lane, the system alerts the driver by playing a chime. Switching the System On and Off Note: The system stores the on or off setting until you manually change it. Press the button to switch the system on or off. The button is E173233 above the audio unit or on the center console. E233874 System Settings When you switch on the system, a graphic with lane markings appears in the display screen. Adjust the system sensitivity and intensity through the display screen. The system remembers the last selection. You do not need to readjust the setting each time you switch on your vehicle. Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still display if adaptive cruise control is enabled. Sensitivity: This setting allows you to select where you would like to receive the alert within the lane. Increasing the sensitivity setting moves the warning zones in closer to your vehicle. While the system is on, the color of the lane markings change to indicate the system status. Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning on the indicated side(s). This may be because: • • • • • E165517 A Normal B Increased Note: The alert diagram illustrates general zone coverage. It does not provide exact zone parameters. 168 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Your vehicle is below the activation speed. The direction indicator is active. Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver. The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera field-of-view. Certain conditions can prevent the camera from detecting the lane markings. These conditions can include any of the following: environmental, traffic, vehicle conditions, significant sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or fog, following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane, or poor headlamp illumination. Driving Aids See Troubleshooting for additional information. You can temporarily disable the system at any time by doing the following: • Quick braking. • Fast acceleration. • Using your direction indicator. • Evasive steering maneuver. • Driving too close to the lane markings. Green: Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning on the indicated side(s). Red: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane keeping alert warning. Troubleshooting Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road? Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature. The sun is shining directly into the camera lens. A quick intentional lane change has occurred. Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings. Driving at high speeds in curves. The last feature activation occurred a short time ago. Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones. Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light. Sudden offset in lane markings. ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active. There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield. You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you. Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa. There is standing water on the road. Faint lane markings, for example partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads. Lane width is too narrow or too wide. No one calibrated the camera after replacing the windshield. Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads. Vehicle accessories are blocking the camera, for example a snowplow. 169 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Steering Tips STEERING If the steering wanders or pulls, check for: • An improperly inflated tire. • Uneven tire wear. • Loose or worn suspension components. • Loose or worn steering components. • Improper vehicle alignment. Hydraulic Power Steering To help prevent damage to the power steering system: • Do not hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points for more than three to five seconds when the engine is running. • Avoid continuously steering back and forth with elevated engine RPM as this may overheat the system. If trying to free a stuck vehicle, pause between attempts to allow the power steering system to cool or seek assistance. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool. • Do not operate the vehicle if the power steering pump fluid level is below the MIN mark on the reservoir. • Some noise is normal during operation. If excessive, check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your dealer. • Heavy or uneven efforts may be caused by low power steering fluid. Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service by your dealer. • Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir, as this may result in leaks from the reservoir. Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull. PRE-COLLISION ASSIST VEHICLES WITH: AIR BRAKES WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: The system does not detect vehicles that are driving in a different direction, pedestrians, cyclists or animals. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. If the power steering system breaks down or if you switch the engine off, you can steer the vehicle manually, but it takes more effort. If you have any steering components serviced or replaced, install new fasteners. Many fasteners have coatings with thread adhesive, or have prevailing torque features you cannot reuse. Do not reuse a bolt or nut. Torque fasteners to specifications. 170 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Using the Pre-Collision Assist System WARNING: The system is not designed to detect non-metallic objects and does not reliably detect some objects with limited metallic surfaces. For example, recreational vehicles, motorcycles and guard rails. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. If your vehicle is approaching a stationary vehicle in your lane of travel, the system provides an Alert. Stationary vehicle detection is active at speeds above approximately 10 mph (16 km/h). E156130 If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours, the system provides two levels of functionality: WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury. 1. Alert. 2. Active Braking. WARNING: The system may not operate properly during severe weather conditions, for example snow, ice, heavy rain and spray. Always drive with due care and attention. Failure to take care may result in a crash. WARNING: Some situations and objects prevent hazard detection. For example low or direct sunlight, inclement weather, unconventional vehicle types, and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. E255268 Alert: When active, a flashing visual warning appears and an audible warning tone sounds. WARNING: The system cannot help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain a safe distance and speed. Active Braking: Active Braking is active at speeds above approximately 15 mph (24 km/h). Active braking may activate if the system determines that a collision is imminent. The system may help the driver reduce impact damage or avoid the crash completely. WARNING: Take additional care if your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are towing a trailer. These conditions could result in reduced performance of this system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. 171 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Pre-Collision Assist Settings The information display shows a blocked sensor message to indicate a sensor obstruction. The radar sensor is located behind the bumper and mounted to the frame below the center of the grille. If you install a snow plow or similar object, you may block the radar sensor. With a blocked sensor, the Pre-Collision Assist system may not function, or performance may reduce. The following table lists possible causes and actions for when this message displays. Active braking turns on every time you switch the ignition on. You cannot adjust the Pre-Collision Assist settings. Note: We recommend that you switch the system off if you install a snow plow or similar object in such a way that it may block the radar sensor. Your vehicle remembers the system status across key cycles. Blocked Sensors E312316 1 Radar sensor. 172 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Radar Troubleshooting Cause Action Clean the grille surface in front of the radar The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or remove the object causing the obstrucor obstructed in some way. tion. The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display screen. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that there is no obstruction. The Pre-Collision Assist system is temporHeavy rain, spray, snow or fog is interfering arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist automatwith the radar signals. ically reactivates a short time after the weather conditions improve. The Pre-Collision Assist system is temporSwirling water or snow or ice on the surface arily disabled. Pre-Collision Assist automatof the road may interfere with the radar ically reactivates a short time after the signals. weather conditions improve. Radar is out of alignment due to a front end impact. Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation. Note: If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detections. Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation. PRE-COLLISION ASSIST VEHICLES WITH: HYDRAULIC BRAKES WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. 173 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids WARNING: The system does not detect vehicles that are driving in a different direction, pedestrians, cyclists or animals. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: Take additional care if your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are towing a trailer. These conditions could result in reduced performance of this system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. Using the Pre-Collision Assist System WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury. The pre-collision assist system is active at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h). WARNING: The system may operate with reduced function during cold and inclement weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray and fog can adversely affect the system. Keep the front camera and radar free of snow and ice. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death. E156130 If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another stationary vehicle or a vehicle traveling in the same direction the system provides three levels of functionality: 1. Alert. 2. Brake support. 3. Active braking. WARNING: Some situations and objects prevent hazard detection. For example low or direct sunlight, inclement weather, unconventional vehicle types, and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death. WARNING: The system cannot help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain a safe distance and speed. E255268 Alert: When active, a flashing visual warning appears and an audible warning tone sounds. 174 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Brake support: Helps reduce the impact speed by preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal, the system could apply additional braking up to maximum braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal. Active braking: May activate if the system determines that a collision is imminent. The system may help the driver reduce impact damage or avoid the crash completely. Note: If you perceive pre-collision assist alerts as being too frequent, then you can reduce the alert sensitivity, though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible. Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings. Distance Indication and Alert E254791 Provides the driver with a graphical indication of the time gap to other preceding vehicles traveling in the same direction. The distance indication and alert screen in the instrument cluster display shows one of the following graphics. If the time gap to a preceding vehicle is small, a red visual indication displays. Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist Settings You can adjust the following settings by using the instrument cluster display controls. See General Information (page 71). • You can change alert and distance alert sensitivity to one of three possible settings. • You can switch distance indication and alert on or off. • If required, you can switch active braking on or off. • If required, you can switch the entire pre-collision assist feature on or off. Note: Active braking automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on. 175 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Note: Switch the system off if you install a snowplow or similar object in such a way that it may block the radar sensor. Your vehicle remembers the selected setting across key cycles. If a message regarding a blocked sensor or camera appears in the instrument cluster display, the radar signals or camera images are obstructed. With a blocked sensor or camera, the pre-collision assist system may not function, or performance may reduce. The following table lists possible causes and actions for when this message displays. Blocked Sensors E311873 1 Camera. 2 Radar sensor. Camera Troubleshooting Cause Action The windshield in front of the camera is dirty or obstructed in some way. Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the camera. The windshield in front of the camera is clean but the message remains in the display screen. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the camera to detect that there is no obstruction. 176 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Aids Radar Troubleshooting Cause Action Clean the grille surface in front of the radar The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or remove the object causing the obstrucor obstructed in some way. tion. The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display screen. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that there is no obstruction. The pre-collision assist system is temporHeavy rain, road spray, snow or fog is inter- arily disabled. Pre-collision assist automatfering with the radar signals. ically reactivates a short time after the weather conditions improve. The pre-collision assist system is temporSwirling water or snow or ice on the surface arily disabled. Pre-collision assist automatof the road may interfere with the radar ically reactivates a short time after the signals. weather conditions improve. Radar is out of alignment due to a front end impact. Note: Proper system operation requires the camera have an unobstructed view of the road. Repair any windshield damage in the area of the camera's field of view. Note: If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detections. Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation. Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat at the camera or a potential misalignment condition, a message may display in the instrument cluster display indicating the sensor is temporarily unavailable. When operational conditions are correct, the message deactivates. For example, when the ambient temperature around the sensor decreases or the sensor automatically recalibrates successfully. 177 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation. Load Carrying Example only: LOAD LIMIT WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. WARNING: Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower the vehicle's GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations. E210937 Under no circumstances should your vehicle be loaded in excess of the GVWR or GAWR. It is the operator’s responsibility to ensure that neither the axle capacities, spring capacities, tire capacities nor the vehicle rated GVWR is exceeded. WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle weight rating limitation could result in serious damage to the vehicle and/or personal injury. Every vehicle manufactured by Ford Motor Company is supplied with information on the Safety Compliance Certification Label, located on either the B-pillar or the driver’s door edge, listing the maximum loading for the vehicle (GVWR), and its axle systems (GAWR) at the tire to ground interface. Unloaded or Lightly Loaded Vehicles WARNING: When operating empty or lightly loaded, sudden or hard braking may induce wheel lockup with loss of vehicle control and the possibility of accident and serious injury, especially on wet or slippery road surfaces. The braking system has been designed to safely stop your vehicle when fully loaded to its GVWR. 178 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Load Carrying System Indicator Light AIR SUSPENSION The air suspension indicator light illuminates when using the button to release air pressure in the rear air springs. Never drive your vehicle when the warning lamp is illuminated and there is low (or no) air pressure in the springs. Note: Do not operate your vehicle without air in the suspension springs. Operating your vehicle without air in the suspension springs damages the suspension, degrades ride performance and may cause property damage. Connecting and Disconnecting a Trailer with Air Suspension and Air Suspension Dump Button The air suspension system automatically adjusts to different loads to maintain a constant frame height, allows for ease of vehicle loading, provides improved vehicle ride, and increased driver comfort. When connecting to a trailer: • Press and hold the button for two seconds to exhaust air from the air suspension system. • Press and hold the button for two seconds, and then raise the landing gear after making the connection to the trailer. Air Suspension Dump Button When disconnecting the trailer: • Lower the landing gear, and then press and hold the button for two seconds. • Disconnect the brake hoses, trailer-side and rear light connectors, then pull the release lever on the fifth wheel. E213409 You must fill the air springs before operating with a trailer or operating in the bobtail mode. Note: The suspension dumps air when the ignition is in the accessory or on position, but fills only when the ignition is in the on position. Suspension Conversions A button located on the instrument panel controls the system. It operates only when the ignition is in the accessory or on position and the air tanks have sufficient pressure to fill the air springs. When you turn off the ignition, the suspension remains in whatever state it was last set. WARNING: When operating a loaded vehicle, the driver must keep all adjustable axles on the ground at all times, supporting their share of the vehicle’s load. Failure to do so can overload other axles, tires, wheels, springs, steering components, brakes and frames, resulting in early component failure, loss of vehicle control, possible property damage and personal injury. Pressing and holding the button for two seconds exhausts air from the air springs, lowering the frame for loading. Pressing and holding the button for two seconds fills the air springs so your vehicle remains at normal ride height. 179 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Load Carrying We do not recommend performing, or approve of, suspension conversions. However, we understand that, on occasion, others install aftermarket add-on suspensions on the truck chassis that allow operator control for weight transfer from other axles (such as air lift axles). 180 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Towing Load Placement TOWING A TRAILER To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving: • Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor. • Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires. • Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight. When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight. Additional information regarding proper trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this manual. See Load Limit (page 178). You can also find information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide available at your authorized dealer, or online. WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label. WARNING: Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of the vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover and personal injury. Your vehicle may have electrical items, such as fuses or relays, related to towing. See Fuses (page 202). Your vehicle's load capacity designation is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading a vehicle. Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle's engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires and suspension. Inspect these components periodically during, and after, any towing operation. RV & Trailer Towing Guide Online Website http://www.fleet.ford.com/towing-guides/ 181 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Towing RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS Market Website United States of America https://www.fleet.ford.com/ towing-guides/ Canada https://www.fleet.ford.ca/towingguides/ 182 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Towing The rating for the tow vehicle's braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating. ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS See Load limits in the Load Carrying chapter for load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label and instructions on calculating your vehicle's load. Trailer Lamps Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight. WARNING: Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle's tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required. Hitches Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle. You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10-15% of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue. Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake lights, turn signals and hazard lights are working. Safety Chains Note: Do not attach safety chains to the bumper. Before Towing a Trailer Always connect the safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch. Practice turning, stopping and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles. To connect the safety chains, cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground. When Towing a Trailer Trailer Brakes • WARNING: Do not connect a trailer's hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle's brake system. Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase. • Electric brakes and manual, automatic or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer's specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations. • 183 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Check your hitch, electrical connections and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 mph (80 km/h). When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the transmission in park (P) or neutral (N) to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help air conditioning performance. Turn off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades. Towing • • • Hook-up Shift to a lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective. If your transmission is equipped with the Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling. Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually. 1. 2. 3. FIFTH WHEEL OPERATION (IF 4. EQUIPPED) 5. WARNING: Failure to follow the fifth wheel manufacturer’s instructions for hooking and unhooking as well as sliding the fifth wheel could result in an accident, personal injury or death. 6. WARNING: When the tractor and trailer are parked unattended, the trailer brake hand control should never be used to apply the brake, since air may leak from the system, allowing vehicle movement, resulting in possible property damage, personal injury or death. 7. Un-hook 1. Before hook-up, make sure: • The fifth wheel jaws are fully open. • The fifth wheel is fully tilted back to prevent body damage when the tractor is backed under a trailer. • You block the trailer wheels and adjust and apply the trailer spring brakes. Never chase a trailer. • The brake hoses and light cords are clear of the fifth wheel. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 184 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Back the tractor squarely under the trailer, engaging the fifth-wheel jaws on the kingpin. Always back up slowly; make sure the trailer is neither too high nor too low. Avoid backing under the trailer from an angle. Connect the service and emergency brake hoses and trailer light connector. Inspect the jaws of the fifth wheel to be sure they have fully closed on the trailer kingpin and the trailer plate is resting securely on the fifth wheel. Make sure the coupler release lever is in the locked position. Charge the trailer brake system. Set the trailer brakes, with either the hand valve or tractor protection valve. Pull against the trailer for an extra check of proper hook-up. Do not pull hard enough to damage or strain the equipment. Set the tractor parking brakes and fully raise the trailer landing gear. Check the operation of all trailer lights and correct any lights that may be faulty. Try to keep the tractor and trailer in a straight line. Apply the parking brakes. Lower the trailer landing gear, making sure it is on solid, level ground. The weight of the trailer is to be on the landing gear. Block the trailer wheels. Disconnect the brake hoses and light cords. Be sure hoses and cords are clear. Pull coupler release lever to disengage the fifth wheel jaws. Towing 7. Release the tractor parking brakes. 8. Pull out from the trailer slowly, allowing the landing gear to take the load gradually. 185 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Hints Before backing up your vehicle, be sure you can do so safely. If anything behind the cab limits your view, do not rely on mirrors alone to make sure that your intended path is clear. If other people are in the vicinity, have someone standing well behind your vehicle and outside of your intended path (visible through an exterior mirror) guide you as you back up. GENERAL DRIVING POINTS General Information • • • • • Accelerate smoothly and evenly. Rapid acceleration increases fuel consumption without increasing engine performance. When approaching a hill, press the accelerator smoothly to start the incline at full power, and then shift down as needed to maintain vehicle speed. When going down a hill, or long steep grades, prevent overspeeding of the engine. Normally, choose the same gear to descend the hill that you use to ascend the hill. The engine governor has no control over engine speed when it is being pushed by a loaded vehicle. Do not operate in a gear that permits an engine speed more than the maximum governed speed or high-idle RPM (no load). Always shift to a lower gear at high altitudes to prevent engine smoking. Although OSHA or some governmental regulations may require the use of an electrical or mechanical back up alarm to warn bystanders, such an alarm does not guarantee that the intended path is clear. When in doubt, get out of your vehicle and visually check the intended path is clear. Back up slowly as to allow others time to move, if necessary. If you install an electrical back up alarm, connect it to the backup lamp circuit. Parking WARNING: When parking your vehicle, do not leave the transmission in gear; if the key is in the on position and the vehicle rolls, the engine could start. Failure to follow these instructions could result in an unattended vehicle moving, possibly causing personal injury or property damage. Backing Up WARNING: All vehicles have blind spots. To reduce the risk of severe injury or property damage, never move your vehicle to the side or rear or change lanes without being sure your way is clear on both sides and to your rear. Always use the parking brake. When parking on a grade, block the wheels and turn the front wheels to one side so that if your vehicle rolls, the front tires act against the curb to stop your vehicle. The front wheels are more effective at stopping a rolling vehicle than the rear wheels. WARNING: To reduce the risk of the possibility of personal injury while backing up the vehicle, always be sure your vehicle’s path is clear. 186 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Hints Conditions • Adding certain accessories to your vehicle may reduce fuel economy. For example bug deflectors, rollbars, light bars, running boards, ski racks or luggage racks. • Using fuel blended with alcohol may lower fuel economy. • Fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures during the first 5–10 mi (12–16 km) of driving. • Driving on flat terrain offers improved fuel economy as compared to driving on hilly terrain. • Transmissions give their best fuel economy when operated in the top cruise gear and with steady pressure on the gas pedal. ECONOMICAL DRIVING Your fuel economy is affected by several things, such as how you drive, the conditions you drive under, and how you maintain your vehicle. You may improve your fuel economy by keeping these things in mind: • Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, moderate fashion. • Drive at steady speeds without stopping. • Anticipate stops; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop. • Close the windows for high-speed driving. • Drive at reasonable speeds. Traveling at 55 mph (90 km/h) uses 15% less fuel than traveling at 65 mph (105 km/h). • Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size. • Use the recommended engine oil. • Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance. COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS - 6.7L DIESEL Winter Grille Cover (If Equipped) The winter grille cover enhances heater performance and will reduce the amount of time it takes to warm the inside of your vehicle in extremely cold conditions below -0.4°F (-18°C). Avoid these actions; they reduce your fuel economy: • Sudden accelerations or hard accelerations. • Warm up your vehicle on cold mornings. • Use the air conditioner. • Use the speed control in hilly terrain. • Rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving. • Carry unnecessary weight. Approximately 1 mpg [0.4 km/L] is lost for every 400 lb (180 kg) of weight carried. • Driving with the wheels out of alignment. The winter grille cover installs over the outside of the front grille and restricts the air flowing to the engine compartment by covering the radiator grille openings. 187 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Hints Installation Instructions Installation and removal instructions are included in the winter grille cover package. Refer to the usage guidelines to understand when to use the cover. The cover will seem undersized during the first installation, which is normal. The cover stretches during installation to ensure a tight fit. The first installation is best performed when the grille cover is warm. COLD WEATHER PRECAUTIONS - 7.3L E391665 The functional operation of some components and systems can be affected at temperatures below approximately -13°F (-25°C). Note: The grille cover must be installed in extremely cold conditions below 10.4°F (-12°C) to prevent possible engine damage. Usage Guidelines BREAKING-IN The winter grille cover should only be used while operating your vehicle in extremely cold temperatures or in heavy snow for extended periods of time. In these temperatures, the vehicle does not need a large amount of air to properly cool the engine. During periods of operation when more airflow is required to cool the vehicle, the winter grille cover should not be used. You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics. Avoid driving too fast during the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine. The following usage guidelines will allow adequate airflow for proper radiator and air cooler performance: • • • Drive your new vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km) before towing a trailer. Make sure you use the specified engine oil. See Engine Oil Capacity and Specification (page 296). Do not use the cover when temperatures are above 50.0°F (10°C). Use of the cover in these conditions could cause your vehicle to overheat. Remove the cover if the vehicle overheats. Do not use the cover above 32.0°F (0°C) if towing a trailer. Your vehicle may overheat if the cover is used while towing a trailer. Do not modify the cover. Do not add friction modifier compounds or special break-in oils during the first few thousand miles (kilometers) of operation. These additives may prevent piston ring seating. 188 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Driving Hints Operation in Standing Water DRIVING THROUGH WATER Ingestion of water into the diesel engine can result in immediate and severe damage to the engine. If driving through water, slow down to avoid splashing water into the intake. If the engine stalls, and you suspect ingestion of water into the engine, do not try to restart the engine. Consult your dealer for service immediately. WARNING: Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle. Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage. Your fuel tank vents to the atmosphere by valves on top of the tank and through the fuel cap. If water reaches the top of the tank, the valves may pull water into the fuel tank. Water in the fuel can cause performance issues and damage the fuel injection system. Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter. Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel hubs. E176913 When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so: • • • • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work. Check that the horn works. Check that the exterior lights work. Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works. 189 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies HAZARD FLASHERS WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately. Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery loses charge. As a result, there may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle. WARNING: Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps. Preparing Your Vehicle Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle. E304635 The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists. • • Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage. Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle. Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction indicators flash. Press the flasher control again to switch them off. Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle electrical system. Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch. JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation. Connecting the Jumper Cables WARNING: Do not attach the cables to fuel lines, engine rocker covers, the intake manifold or electrical components as grounding points. Stay clear of moving parts. To avoid reverse polarity connections, make sure that you correctly identify the positive (+) and negative (-) terminals on both the disabled and booster vehicles before connecting the cables. 190 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies 2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. 3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. 4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to an exposed metal part of the stalled vehicle's engine, away from the battery and the fuel injection system, or connect the negative (-) cable to a ground connection point if available. WARNING: Do not attach the end of the positive cable to the studs or L-shaped eyelet located above the positive (+) terminal of your vehicle’s battery. High current may flow through and cause damage to the fuses. WARNING: Do not connect the end of the second cable to the negative (-) terminal of the battery to be jumped. A spark may cause an explosion of the gases that surround the battery. Note: In the illustration, the bottom vehicle represents the booster vehicle. 1 3 E213266 4 Note: There is an optional jump start terminal underneath the passenger side entry steps. 2 Jump Starting 1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as shown in your tachometer. 2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. 3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables. E142664 1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery. 191 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies Removing the Jumper Cables TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. WARNING: Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving. WARNING: Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if you do not take these precautions. 4 2 1 3 E142665 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable from the disabled vehicle. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle battery. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. E143886 If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. 192 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Roadside Emergencies We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a slingbelt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a slingbelt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly, or by any other means. Your vehicle comes equipped with frame-mounted front recovery hooks. These hooks should never have a load applied to them greater than the gross vehicle weight rating of your vehicle. Before using recovery hooks: • Make sure all attaching points are secure and capable of withstanding the applied load. • Never use chains, cables or tow straps with metal hook ends. • Only use recovery straps that have a minimum breaking strength two to three times the gross vehicle weight of the stuck vehicle. • Make sure the recovery strap is in good condition and free of visible cuts, tears or damage. • Use a damper device such as a tarp, heavy blanket or piece of carpet draped over the recovery strap to help absorb the energy in the event the strap breaks. • Make sure the stuck vehicle is not loaded heavier than its gross vehicle weight rating specified on the certification label. • Always align the tow vehicle and stuck vehicle in a straight line (within 10 degrees). • Keep bystanders to the sides of the vehicle, at a distance of at least twice the length of the recovery strap. This helps avoid injury from the hazard of a recovery hook or strap breaking, or a vehicle lurching into their path. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle. It is acceptable to have your two-wheel drive vehicle towed with the front wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the rear wheels off the ground. TOWING POINTS (IF EQUIPPED) WARNING: Using recovery hooks is dangerous and should only be done by a person familiar with proper vehicle recovery safety practices. Improper use of recovery hooks may cause hook failure or separation from the vehicle and could result in serious injury or death. WARNING: Always slowly remove the slack from the recovery strap prior to pulling. Failure to do so can introduce significantly higher loads which can cause the recovery hooks to break off, or the recovery strap to fail which can cause serious injury or death. WARNING: Never link two straps together with a clevis pin. These heavy metal objects could become projectiles if the strap breaks and can cause serious injury or death. 193 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Crash and Breakdown Information • ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance If you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. The service is available: • 24 hours a day, seven days a week. • For the coverage period supplied with your vehicle. • Knowing your vehicle's VIN, mileage and your specific location allows help to get to you faster. Roadside Assistance covers: • A flat tire change with a good spare (except vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit). • Battery jump start. • Lock-out assistance (key replacement cost is the customer's responsibility). • Fuel delivery — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period. • Winch out — available within 100 ft (30 m) of a paved or county maintained road, no recoveries. Towing — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local or municipal law, shall tow Ford eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 50 mi (80 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 50 mi (80 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 50 mi (80 km). Warranty towing, non-warranty towing and collision towing are available. Roadside Assistance includes up to $200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services. Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance United States vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673. If you need to arrange roadside assistance on your own, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 50 mi (80 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts. Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance If you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. 194 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Crash and Breakdown Information RE-ENABLING YOUR VEHICLE This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from the U.S. coverage. For complete details, see your Warranty Guide at www.ford.com/support/warranty/. 1. Switch the ignition off. 2. Attempt to start your vehicle. 3. Switch the ignition off. 4. Attempt to start your vehicle. Note: If your vehicle does not start after the third attempt, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Download the Sykes4Ford Roadside Assistance App for access to your roadside assistance services. If you require more information, please call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca. Ford Motor Company reserves the right to modify or discontinue Roadside Assistance at any time. Certain restrictions apply to Roadside Assistance benefits. For further details, call 1-800-241-3673 (United States) 1-800-665-2006 (Canada) AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF WHAT IS AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF The automatic crash shutoff is designed to stop the fuel going to the engine in the event of a moderate or severe crash. Note: Not every impact causes a shutoff. AUTOMATIC CRASH SHUTOFF PRECAUTIONS WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or death. 195 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Assistance GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED Additional information and resources are available online: Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction. Website www.owner.ford.com These are some of the items that can be found online: • U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name, City/State or Zip Code. • Owner Manuals. • Maintenance Schedules. • Recalls. • Ford Extended Service Plans. • Ford Genuine Accessories. • Service specials and promotions. Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer. A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford. In Canada: Mailing address Customer Relationship Centre Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000 Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8 Away From Home If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer. Telephone 1-800-565-3673 (FORD) 7-1-1 (Customer Service for Deaf and Hard-of-Hearing Customers) In the United States: Website Mailing address www.ford.ca Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center P.O. Box 6248 Dearborn, MI 48126 Additional Assistance If you have questions or concerns, or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps: Telephone 1-800-392-3673 (FORD) (TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-800-232-5952) If your vehicle is configured as a motorhome please call 1-800-444-3311 for support. 1. 196 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer. Customer Assistance 2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. 3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center. IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY) California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or replacement vehicle. In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center: • Vehicle Identification Number. • Your telephone number (home and business). • The name of the authorized dealer and city where located. • The vehicle’s current odometer reading. California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever occurs first: In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state's warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt. Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws. 1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR 2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR 3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time). In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address: Ford Motor Company 16800 Executive Plaza Drive Mail Drop 3NE-B Dearborn, MI 48126 197 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Assistance You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes. Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision, and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision, and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter. BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information that follows, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that needs to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB reviews the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines. THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY) Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program. You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to: The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts – mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator considers the testimony provided and makes a decision after the hearing. BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National Programs, Inc. 1676 International Drive, Suite 550 McLean, VA 22102 BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673. For additional information, refer to the Better Business Bureau website. Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation. 198 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Assistance For customers in Guam, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI), America Samoa, and the U.S. Virgin Islands, please feel free to call our Toll-Free Number: (800) 841-FORD (3673). GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find diesel fuel. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Puerto Rico, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact: If you cannot find diesel fuel or can only get fuel with an anti-knock index lower than is recommended for your vehicle, contact a regional office or owner relations/customer relationship office. FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (800) 841-FORD (3673) FAX: (313) 390-0804 Email: [email protected] www.ford.com.pr The use of low quality diesel fuel may affect your emissions control system and may cause engine damage. Ford Motor Company/Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by use of improper fuel. In the United States, using leaded fuel may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the U.S. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact: Ford dealerships outside of the U.S. and Canada may be unable to support the F-650/750 due to the specialized training and servicing requirements of these vehicles. If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Central or South America, the Caribbean, or the Middle East, contact the nearest Ford dealership. If the dealership cannot help you, write or call: FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Ford: 80004443673 Lincoln: 80004441067 If calling from the UAE: 80004441066 If calling from the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: 8008443673 If calling from Kuwait: 22280384 FORD MOTOR COMPANY Customer Relationship Center 1555 Fairlane Drive Fairlane Business Park #3 Allen Park, Michigan 48101 U.S.A. Telephone: (313) 594-4857 Fax: (313) 390-0804 Email: [email protected] FAX: +971 4 3327266 Email: [email protected] www.me.ford.com 199 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Assistance Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Motor Company Export Operations & Global Growth Initiatives by emailing [email protected]. French Owner’s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, LLC using the contact information listed previously in this section. If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealership’s Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator 1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast Washington, D.C. 20590 Customers in the U.S. should call 1-800-392-3673. ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER'S LITERATURE To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, LLC at: HELM, LLC 47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200 Plymouth, Michigan 48170 Attention: Customer Service Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll free: 1-800-782-4356 Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. - 6:00 p.m. EST Helm, LLC can also be reached by their website: www.helminc.com (Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check or money order.) 200 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Assistance You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada. Transport Canada Contact Information Website (English) http://tc.canada.ca/recalls Website (French) http://tc.canada.ca/rappels Phone 1-800-333-0510 Ford of Canada Contact Information Website www.ford.ca Phone 1-800-565-3673 201 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuses The engine compartment fuse box is in the engine compartment. It has high-current fuses that protect your vehicle's main electrical systems from overloads. FUSE SPECIFICATION CHART Engine Compartment Fuse Box If you disconnect and reconnect the battery, you need to reset some features. See Changing the 12V Battery (page 246). WARNING: Always disconnect the battery before servicing high current fuses. Replace fuses with the same type and rating. See Changing a Fuse (page 211). WARNING: To reduce risk of electrical shock, always replace the cover to the power distribution box before reconnecting the battery or refilling fluid reservoirs. E251921 Item Rating 1 20 A Horn. 2 40 A Blower motor. 202 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Protected Component Fuses Item Rating Protected Component Blower motor control. 3 20 A Upfitter - frame. 4 30 A Starter motor. 5 — 6 20 A Not used. 8 — Not used. 10 — Not used. Not used. Upfitter relay 4. 12 — 13 10 A Run/start spare. Rear view camera. 14 10 A Adaptive cruise control. 15 10 A Blower motor relay. 16 20 A Air dryer. 17 10 A Powertrain control module - ignition status run power. Glow plug control module ignition status run power (diesel). 18 10 A Anti-lock brake system run/ start. 19 10 A Transmission control module - Ignition status run power (diesel). 20 30 A Windshield wiper motor. 21 — Not used. 22 — Not used. Not used. 23 — 24 40 A Body control module run power 2 bus. 25 50 A Body control module run power 1 bus. 203 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuses Item Rating 26 — 27 20 A 28 — Protected Component Not used. Upfitter battery feed. Not used. 29 10 A 30 — 31 60 A Hydromax pump. 32 20 A Powertrain control module. 33 20 A Heater exhaust gas oxygen sensor 11 (gas). Heater exhaust gas oxygen sensor 12 (gas). Heater exhaust gas oxygen sensor 21 (gas). Canister vent solenoid (gas). Canister purge solenoid (gas). Variable camshaft timing actuator 11 (gas). Exhaust gas recirculation cooling bypass valve (diesel). 34 10 A A/C clutch relay (diesel). Variable oil pump (diesel). Cooling fan (diesel). Fan clutch (gas). Exhaust brake switch (diesel). Variable oil pressure control (gas). Customer access vehicle power 3 feed. 35 20 A Coil on plug (gas). Nitrogen oxide sensor control module feedgas (diesel). Nitrogen oxide sensor control module midbed (diesel). 204 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Glow plug relay coil. Not used. Fuses Item Rating Protected Component Nitrogen oxide sensor control module tailpipe (diesel). Particulate matter sensor (diesel). 36 10 A Fuel volume control value (diesel). Fuel pressure regulator (diesel). Transmission control module (diesel). 37 — Not used. 38 — Not used. 39 — Not used. 41 30 A Trailer brake control module. 43 30 A Upfitter spare. 45 — 46 10 A A/C clutch solenoid. 47 40 A Upfitter relay 1. 48 20 A Upfitter run and accessory feed. 49 30 A Pump electronics module (gas). Fuel pump (diesel). 50 15 A Injector power (gas). 51 20 A Power point #1. 52 — 53 30 A 54 — 55 20 A 56 — 205 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Not used. Not used. Trailer tow park lamp. Not used. Upfitter relay 3. Not used. Fuses Item Rating Protected Component 58 5A USB power. 59 10 A U-Haul parking lamps. 60 10 A Dual fuel tank selector switch (diesel). 61 — Not used. 62 — Not used. 63 20 A Driver seat compressor. 64 20 A Passenger seat compressor. 65 10 A Upfitter - run activate feed. 66 10 A Four pack solenoid differential lock. Hydromax relay power. 67 10 A 69 — 70 40 A Inverter. 71 30 A Anti-lock brake system valves. 72 10 A Brake on-off switch (hydraulic brakes). Stoplamp air pressure switch 1 and 2 (air brakes). 73 — 74 15 A Not used. Not used. Heated mirror. 75 — 76 60 A Not used. Body control module battery feed. 77 30 A Body control module voltage quality monitor power feed. 78 — 79 5A Hydromax pump monitor. 80 10 A Trailer tow backup signal. 206 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Not used. Fuses Item Rating Protected Component 81 — 82 5A Upfitter switch (factory location for ignition power). 83 5A Upfitter switch (optional location for power at all times). 84 — Not used. 85 — Not used. 86 — Not used. 87 — Not used. 88 10 A Cargo lamps. 89 20 A Urea tank heater. Upfitter - B-pillar. Not used. 91 40 A 93 — Not used. 94 — Not used. 95 20 A Stoplamps. Trailer tow stoplamps. 96 20 A Urea line heater. 97 — 98 30 A Not used. Trailer tow battery charge. 99 40 A Upfitter relay 2. 100 20 A Urea valves. 101 — Not used. 102 — Not used. 103 — Not used. 104 — Not used. 105 15 A Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary. 207 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Trailer tow stoplamp and turn relay. Fuses Passenger Compartment Fuse Box Pull the fuse panel cover toward you to remove it. When the clips of the panel disengage, let the panel fall easily. The fuse panel is in the passenger footwell. Remove the panel cover to access the fuses. Use the provided fuse puller tool to remove a fuse. It is on the fuse panel cover. Replace fuses with the same type and rating. See Changing a Fuse (page 211). E145984 Item Rating 1 — 2 10 A Right-hand and left-hand front door lock switch. Telescopic mirror switch. Right-hand and left-hand front window switch (two window units). Right-hand and left-hand front window motor. Inverter. 3 7.5 A Power mirror switch. 4 20 A Ancillary translator module. 5 — 208 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Protected Component Not used. Not used. Fuses Item Rating Protected Component 6 — 7 10 A 8 — Not used. 9 — Not used. 10 — Not used. Not used. Not used. Smart data link connector power. Air brake diagnostic connector. 11 — 12 7.5 A Smart data link connector. 13 7.5 A Instrument Cluster. Steering column control module. 14 — 15 15 A 16 — Not used. Not used. Not used. Climate control module. 17 — 18 7.5 A 19 5A Telematics control unit module. 20 5A Ignition switch. 21 — Not used. 22 — Not used. 23 30 A 24 — Not used. 25 — Not used. 209 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Yaw sensor. Electronic stability control and non-electronic stability control. Left-hand front window motor. Fuses Item Rating Protected Component 26 30 A 27 — Not used. 28 — Not used. Right-hand front window motor. 29 15 A Relay folding mirror. 30 5A Brake signal for air brake. Customer access stoplamp signal. Brake on-off isolation relay. Trailer tow stoplamp relay. 31 10 A Upfitter interface module. Remote radio frequency receiver. 32 20 A Radio. 33 — Not used. 34 — Not used. 35 5A Tow haul switch. 36 15 A Lane departure warning camera. Mirror display. 37 — 38 30 A Note: Spare fuse amperage may vary. 210 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Not used. Left-hand front power window switch (four window units). Fuses CHANGING A FUSE Fuses WARNING: Always replace a fuse with one that has the specified amperage rating. Using a fuse with a higher amperage rating can cause severe wire damage and could start a fire. E217331 If electrical components in the vehicle are not working, a fuse may have blown. Blown fuses are identified by a broken wire within the fuse. Check the appropriate fuses before replacing any electrical components. Fuse Types E267379 A Micro 2. B Micro 3. C Maxi. D Mini. E M Case. F J Case. 211 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Fuses G J Case Low Profile. H Slotted M Case. 212 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide VEHICLE INSPECTION INFORMATION WARNING: Do not operate the vehicle if any suspension conditions listed in the following charts are evident. Loss of steering or suspension could result in property damage, personal injury or death. To make sure your vehicle is ready to operate, conduct a pre-trip inspection at the beginning of each work period. Follow the steps listed in this section to verify a proper vehicle inspection procedure. WARNING: If a wheel must be changed, obtain expert tire service help. Mounting and un-mounting of tires should only be performed by a qualified technician using necessary safety procedures and equipment, otherwise the result could be property damage, personal injury or death. WARNING: Exercise great caution when working on a vehicle equipped with an automatic fan clutch. The fan starts in motion only after the engine coolant reaches a predetermined temperature or the refrigerant pressure (if equipped with air conditioning) reaches a predetermined setting. The fan starts at this point with no advance warning. Never reach near, or permit objects to protrude into, the fan blade radius while the engine is running as this could result in vehicle damage, personal injury or death. Note: Always make sure you apply the parking brake before starting the engine. Engine compartment (with engine off) Engine oil Use the dipstick to verify the oil level is in the proper operating range. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 227). Engine coolant Look through the plastic reservoir and verify the coolant level is within the proper operating range. Do not remove the pressure cap until the coolant has cooled. See Engine Coolant Check (page 238). Power steering fluid Verify that the fluid level is in the proper operating range. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 246). Brake fluid Remove the master cylinder caps and inspect the fluid level. See Brake Fluid Check (page 245). 213 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine compartment (with engine off) Belts (fan, alternator, water pump and air conditioning compressor) Inspect for glazing, fraying or cracking. There should be no more than 5-7 cracks per rib, per 1 in (2.5 cm) Fluid leaks Inspect for signs of fluid puddles or dripping fluid on the ground under the engine, or the underside of the engine. HVAC air inlet Inspect for debris that may have collected on the HVAC air inlet grille or inside the exterior module as this may reduce system performance. Engine starting (with parking brake applied) Safety and emergency equipment Before entering the cab, verify that the vehicle is equipped with spare electrical fuses (if used), three red reflective triangles, a properly charged and rated fire extinguisher and wheel chocks. Walk around the vehicle and verify all steps and grab handles, inside and out (as well as behind), are tight and clean. Use extreme caution and a three-point stance at all times. Inspect door latches for proper closing, latching and locking. Starting the engine Set the parking brake. Make sure the gearshift lever is in neutral (N) or park (P) (if equipped with a park position). Diesel engine: Turn the key to the on position. Turn the key to start when the wait to start indicator light in the instrument cluster turns off. Gasoline engine: Turn the key to start, and then release it as soon as the engine starts. Engine oil pressure Verify pressure builds to normal operating range. Low air pressure warning A tone indicating low air pressure should sound immediately tone (if equipped with an after the engine starts but before the compressor has builtair compressor) up pressure. The tone should stop when the air pressure reaches 70 psi (483 kPa). Let the air pressure build to governed cutout pressure, which should occur between 115–130 psi (793–896 kPa). Accelerator Press the accelerator and verify that it operates smoothly, without any binding or irregular feel. Release the pedal and verify the engine returns to idle speed immediately. 214 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Engine starting (with parking brake applied) Voltmeter Check the gauge (diesel engine) or indicator light (gasoline engine) to verify the alternator is charging. Steering linkage free play Inspect for excessive free play in the steering linkages. The steering wheel should have less than 2 in (5 cm) of free play at its rim. Parking brake Verify the parking brake holds the vehicle by gently trying to pull forward with the parking brake applied. Air brakes Verify operation using the following procedure. Chock the wheels, if necessary. Push in the parking brake and, on tractors, push in the tractor parking brake knob: 1. Verify the air compressor or governor cutout pressure is approximately 120 psi (827 kPa). 2. Turn off the engine, and then turn the key back to the on position (without starting the engine). 3. Without the brake pedal applied, note the air pressure drop for one minute. It should be less than 2 psi (14 kPa) for single vehicles and 3 psi (21 kPa) for combination vehicles. 4. Press and hold the brake pedal with 90 psi (621 kPa) or more. Make sure there is no more than a 3 psi (21 kPa) per minute leak for single vehicles and a 4 psi (28 kPa) minute leak for combination vehicles. 5. Pump the brake pedal to deplete the system of air pressure. The warning light and tone should turn on at 57 psi (393 kPa). 6. Pump the brake pedal and make sure the parking brake and trailer parking brake knobs pop out at 20 psi (138 kPa) or higher. Automatic transmission fluid Verify that the fluid level is in the proper operating range. See Automatic Transmission Fluid Check (page 243). Front of vehicle Lights Verify all exterior lights illuminate and are clean. Check headlights function on high and low beam. Verify reflectors are clean, unbroken and of proper color (red on rear, amber elsewhere). 215 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Front of vehicle Verify running lights are clean and unbroken. Steering gear Inspect for any missing or loose fasteners, power steering fluid leaks and damage to power steering hoses. Steering linkage Verify connecting links, arms and rods are not worn or cracked. Verify joints, sockets and boot seals are not worn or loose. Verify cotter keys, nuts and bolts are not loose or missing. Tow hooks Inspect front and rear tow hooks for damage or loose mounting. This is particularly important on vehicles that use them frequently. Front suspension Springs Inspect for missing, broken or shifted leaves, or leaves that may be in contact with (or nearly contacting) a tire, rim, brake drum, frame or body component. Note: Never apply grease to spring pads. Spring mounts Make sure there the following items are properly tightened and that there are no cracks, breaks, wear, damage to spring hangers, bolts, bushings, axle mounting bolts, and nuts. Shock absorbers Inspect for any cracks, leaks, or missing or broken bolts or bushings. 216 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Front brakes Hoses Inspect for cracked, worn or frayed hoses, and that all couplings are secure. Brake chambers Verify that there are no cracks or dents, and that the chambers are securely mounted. Slack adjusters Inspect for broken, loose or missing parts. Note: The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied. When pulled by hand, the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). Drums Verify that there are no cracks, dents, holes, and no loose or missing bolts and that the brake linings are not worn, dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant. Front wheels Rims Inspect for damaged or bent rims. They should not have welding repairs, and there should be no rust trails, which indicate it is loose on the wheel. Lug nuts Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose (look for rust trails around the lug nuts). There should be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes. Hub oil seals Inspect wheel hub oil seal for leaks and, if sight glass if present, verify the oil level is adequate. Oil-lubricated front wheel bearings Inspect for proper lubrication level if the hubcap has a transparent window. If the hubcap does not have a transparent window, remove the rubber fill-plug and inspect for proper level. Fuel area Fuel tank(s) Verify the tank(s) and cap(s) are secure and that there are no leaks from the tank(s). Leaks Inspect for leaks from the tank(s). 217 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) area DEF tanks Verify the tanks and caps are secure and that there are no leaks from the tanks. Leaks Inspect for leaks from the tanks. Underbody Driveshaft Verify that the driveshaft is not bent or cracked and that all driveshaft couplings are secure. Exhaust system Verify that the visible outside parts are securely mounted and that there are no cracks, holes or severe dents. Frame Inspect for cracks or bends in longitudinal frame members. Verify there are no loose, cracked, bent, broken or missing crossmembers or crossmember fasteners. Rear of vehicle Air hoses and electrical lines Verify there are no cuts, cracks, chafing or wear on the air hoses and electrical line insulation. Listen for audible air leaks. Verify air and electrical lines are not tangled, crimped or pinched or being dragged against any truck parts. None of the air or electrical line should be spliced or taped. Inspect for corrosion on pins and in electrical sockets to verify continuity and reduced heat build-up potential. Deck plate Verify the deck plate is clean, bolted securely to the frame and is clear of loose objects. Turns signals, brake lights and flashers Verify that both brake lights illuminate when the pedal is applied, each signal flashes and that the four-way flashers work properly. Lights and reflectors Verify all exterior lights illuminate and are clean. Verify reflectors are clean, unbroken and of proper color (red on rear, amber elsewhere). Verify running lights are clean and unbroken. Note: Inspect rear running lights separately from signal, flasher and brake lights. 218 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Tractor-coupling system Mounting bolts Inspect for loose or missing mounting brackets, clamps, bolts or nuts. Verify solid attachment of both fifth wheel and the slide mounting. Platform Inspect for cracks or breaks in the platform structure. Safety latch Verify engagement of the safety latch. Release arm Verify the safety latch is in the engaged position, and that any safety latch is in place. Kingpin and apron Verify the kingpin is not bent or worn, the apron lies flat on the fifth-wheel skid plate and that the visible part of the apron is not bent, worn, cracked or broken. Rear suspension Springs (if equipped) Inspect for missing, broken or shifted leaves, or leaves that may be in contact with (or nearly contacting) a tire, rim, brake drum, frame or body component. Spring mounts (if equipped) Inspect for any cracked or broken spring hangers; broken missing or loose bolts; missing or damaged bushings; broken, loose or missing axle mounting parts. Torsion arm and shock absorbers Verify torsion arm is not cracked, broken or missing. Air suspension (if equipped) Inspect for missing, broken or leaking components. Inspect for any cracked, broken or loose bolts; missing or damaged bushings; broken, loose or missing axle mounting parts. Inspect the shock absorber for cracks or leaks. There should be no missing or broken mounting bolts or worn bushings. 219 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Rear brakes Hoses Inspect for cracked, worn or frayed hoses, and that all couplings are secure. Brake chambers Verify that there are no cracks or dents, and that the chambers are securely mounted. Slack adjusters Inspect for broken, loose or missing parts. Note: The angle between the push rod and adjuster arm should be approximately 90 degrees when the brakes are applied. When pulled by hand, the push rod should not move more than approximately 1 in (2.5 cm). Drums Verify that there are no cracks, dents, holes, and no loose or missing bolts and that the brake linings are not worn, dangerously thin or contaminated by lubricant. Rear wheels Spacers Check for even separation of dual wheels, and that the tires are not touching each other. Rims Inspect for damaged or bent rims. They should not have welding repairs, and there should be no rust trails, which indicate it is loose on the wheel. Lug nuts Verify all lug nuts are present and not loose (look for rust trails around the lug nuts). There should be no cracks radiating from the lug bolt holes or distortion of the bolt holes. Transmission Trailer If you are pulling a trailer, perform an inspection of the trailer similar to that of the tractor. The inspection should follow trailer manufacturer recommendations and should include at a minimum: general condition, landing gear, doors, sides, lights, reflectors, suspension, brakes, tires, wheels, cargo placement, stability and tie-downs. WARNING: If the unit starts in gear and/or the neutral start switch is not functioning correctly, the vehicle may inadvertently move which could result in property damage, personal injury or death. Regularly inspect the transmission's neutral start switch. The engine should only start in neutral (N) or park (P) (if equipped with a park position). 220 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Inspection Guide Inspect the transmission fluid level and shift linkage for proper operation. 221 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance If your vehicle requires professional service, an authorized dealer can provide the necessary parts and service. Check your warranty information to find out which parts and services are covered. GENERAL INFORMATION WARNING: Making modifications to various parts, components and systems of the vehicle, such as brake and steering systems, can adversely affect the quality, reliability and operation of your vehicle and could result in property damage, personal injury or death. Such modifications must be avoided. Use only recommended fuels, lubricants, fluids and service parts conforming to specifications. Motorcraft® parts are designed and built to provide the best performance in your vehicle. Servicing Guidelines WARNING: Failure to properly perform maintenance and servicing procedures could result in vehicle damage, personal injury or death. WARNING: The use of inferior parts can adversely affect the quality and reliability of your vehicle and could result in property damage, personal injury or death. WARNING: Take care when performing any maintenance, system check or service on your vehicle. Some of the materials may also be hazardous if used, serviced or handled improperly and could result in property damage, personal injury or death. When servicing your vehicle: • Always wear safety glasses for eye protection. • Always set the parking brake or chock the wheels. • Always use support stands, not a jack, when working under a raised vehicle. • Always turn off the ignition unless a procedure requires the engine to be running. • Always avoid contact with hot metal parts. Allow the components to cool before working with, or around, them. • Always operate the engine in a well-ventilated area. • Do not wear loose-fitting clothing, hanging jewelry, watches or rings. • Do not smoke. • Do not work on the brakes or the clutch unless you take the proper precautions to avoid inhaling friction material dust. If the owner or operator of the vehicle is a skilled technician and intends on performing the vehicle maintenance and service, he is strongly urged to purchase a service manual. Always use care when performing vehicle maintenance, repairs or system checks. Improper or incomplete service could result in your vehicle not working properly which may result in personal injury or damage to your vehicle or equipment. It is the operator’s responsibility to see that your vehicle receives proper care and maintenance. If you have any questions about performing service, have the service done by a qualified technician. To help you service your vehicle, we provide scheduled maintenance information which makes tracking routine service easy. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). 222 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Quality service parts are available through an authorized dealer. If dealer parts are not used, make sure the replacement parts are of equivalent quality. 4. Raise your vehicle with the jack applied to the axle(s). Do not use the bumper as a lifting point. 5. Support your vehicle with floor stands under the axle(s). When servicing the axle or the suspension, support your vehicle with floor stands under the frame side-members, preferably between the axles. Working with the Engine Off 1. Set the parking brake and shift to neutral (N) or park (P). 2. Switch off the engine. 3. Block the wheels. OPENING AND CLOSING THE HOOD Working with the Engine On WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and/or personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. WARNING: Before opening the hood, fully apply the parking brake, shift into park (P) or neutral (N) and switch the ignition off. WARNING: Do not stand under the hood when you raise or lower it. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. 1. Set the parking brake and shift to neutral (N) or park (P). 2. Block the wheels Supporting Your Vehicle for Service WARNING: If the engine is running while the hood is open, stay clear of moving engine components. Failure to follow this warning could result in serious personal injury or death. WARNING: Do not use a jack when working under a vehicle. It may give way, causing the vehicle to fall and result in property damage, personal injury or death. Always use floor stands to support the vehicle. Prepare your vehicle for service repairs by doing the following: 1. Park your vehicle on a level, concrete floor. 2. Set the parking brake and block the wheels to prevent your vehicle from moving. 3. Select a jack with a rated capacity sufficient to lift and hold up your vehicle. 223 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Opening the Hood 2. Fully disengage the hood latches on both sides of your vehicle. 3 1 E209159 1. Lift and release the hood latches on both sides of your vehicle. E209161 3. Tilt the hood fully forward until held by the gas struts. Note: Open the hood from the front of the grille. 2 Closing the Hood 1. Push the hood rearward above the grille until fully closed. 2. Engage the hood latches on both sides of your vehicle. 3. Fully close the hood latches on both sides of your vehicle. E209160 224 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 6.7L DIESEL E389955 A Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 202). B Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 249). C Secondary Cooling System Reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 235). D Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 235). E Secondary fuel filter. See Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap (page 234). F Engine oil separator. See Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter (page 228). G Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 227). H Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 245). I Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 246). J Air brake compressor. See Brake System Inspection (page 256). K Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 227). L Air cleaner assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 230). 225 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance UNDER HOOD OVERVIEW - 7.3L E330964 A Engine compartment fuse box. See Fuses (page 202). B Engine oil dipstick. See Engine Oil Dipstick (page 227). C Windshield washer fluid reservoir. See Washer Fluid Check (page 249). D Automatic transmission fluid dipstick. See Automatic Transmission Fluid Check (page 243). E Engine coolant reservoir. See Engine Coolant Check (page 238). F Engine oil filler cap. See Engine Oil Check (page 227). G Brake fluid reservoir. See Brake Fluid Check (page 245). H Power steering fluid reservoir. See Power Steering Fluid Check (page 246). I Air cleaner assembly. See Changing the Engine Air Filter (page 232). 226 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance 2. Check the oil level before starting the engine, or switch the engine off after warm up and wait 15 minutes for the oil to drain into the oil pan. Note: Checking the oil level too soon could result in an inaccurate reading. ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 6.7L DIESEL 3. Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. 4. Reinstall the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated. 5. Remove the dipstick again to check the oil level. Note: If the oil level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the oil level is acceptable. Do not add oil. E249448 A Minimum. B Nominal. C Maximum. 6. If the oil level is at the minimum mark, immediately add oil. 7. Reinstall the dipstick. Make sure it is fully seated. Note: The oil consumption of new engines reaches its normal level after approximately 3,000 mi (5,000 km). ENGINE OIL DIPSTICK - 7.3L Note: Increases in oil level can occur from frequent short trips that do not allow the engine to get to operating temperature, as well as frequent idling or low speed driving for long periods of time. Note: If oil levels are continuously noted above the maximum mark, schedule a visit to your authorized dealer. E250320 Adding Engine Oil A Minimum. B Nominal. C Maximum. WARNING: Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. ENGINE OIL CHECK 1. WARNING: Do not remove the filler cap when the engine is running. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground. 227 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that the vehicle warranty may not cover. CHANGING THE ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER 1. Clean the area surrounding the engine oil filler cap before you remove it. 2. Remove the engine oil filler cap. 3. Add engine oil that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). 4. Reinstall the engine oil filler cap. Turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. Note: Do not add oil further than the maximum mark. Oil levels above the maximum mark may cause engine damage. WARNING: Do not add engine oil when the engine is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil Life Monitor™ that calculates the proper oil change service interval. When the information display indicates: OIL CHANGE REQUIRED, change the engine oil and oil filter. See Information Displays (page 71). The engine oil filter protects your engine by filtering harmful, abrasive or sludge particles and particles significantly smaller than most available will-fit filters. See Motorcraft Parts (page 293). Note: Immediately soak up any oil spillage with an absorbent cloth. Engine Oil Pressure Warning Lamp 1. WARNING: If it illuminates when you are driving do not continue your journey, even if the oil level is correct. Have your vehicle checked. E67022 2. 3. 4. It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. 5. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Engine Lubrication for Severe Service Operation The following conditions define severe operation: • • • 228 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Unscrew the oil filter and oil pan drain plug and wait for the oil to drain. Replace the filter. Reinstall the oil pan drain plug. Refill the engine with new oil. See Engine Oil Capacity and Specification (page 299). Reset the Intelligent Oil Life Monitor™. See Information Displays (page 71). Frequent or extended idling such as over 10 minutes per hour of normal driving. Low-speed operation or stationary use. If the vehicle is operated in sustained, ambient temperatures below -9°F (-23°C) or above 100°F (38°C). Maintenance • • • • • • • Frequent low-speed operation, or consistent heavy traffic less than 25 mph (40 km/h). Operating in severe dust conditions. Operating the vehicle off road. Towing a trailer over 1,000 mi (1,600 km). Sustained, high-speed driving at the gross vehicle weight rating. Use of fuels with sulfur content other than ultra-low sulfur diesel (ULSD). Use of high-sulfur diesel fuel. Message Oil Life Hold OK to Reset If the instrument cluster displays the following message, repeat the process. Reset Cancelled High Series Cluster Use the information display controls on the steering wheel to reset the oil change indicator. OIL CHANGE INDICATOR RESET From the main menu scroll to: Base Cluster Use the information display controls on the steering wheel to reset the oil change indicator. Message Action and Description Truck Info Press the down arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message. Maintenance Monitor Press the OK button. Oil Life: xxx% Press the down arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message. Oil Life Press the OK button. From the main menu scroll to: Settings Vehicle Action and Description Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message. Press the down arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message. Oil Life Reset Press the right arrow button, then from this menu scroll to the following message. Oil Life Hold to Reset Press and hold the OK button until the instrument cluster displays the following message. Oil Life Press and hold the OK Hold OK to button until the instrument Reset cluster displays the following message. 229 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Press and hold the OK button until the instrument cluster displays the following message. Reset Complete Only use engine oil that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). Message Action and Description Maintenance Message The restriction gauge, on the upper housing of the air filter assembly, measures the vacuum inside the air filter. The more the air filter is dirty or clogged, the higher the vacuum reading. Action and Description Oil Life: 100% When the oil change indicator resets, the instrument cluster displays 100%. Check the air filter restriction gauge whenever you open the hood to perform general engine maintenance or at least every 7,500 mi (12,000 km). If you operate your vehicle in extremely dusty conditions, check and reset the gauge at least every 500 mi (800 km), or two weeks, whichever comes first. Change the air filter when the restriction gauge reads near the change filter line and the gauge is yellow. If you allow the restriction gauge to reach maximum restriction, you can affect your engine performance and fuel economy. Repeat the process if the oil change indicator does not reset. CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER - 6.7L DIESEL Air Filter Restriction Gauge Note: Do not blow out the air filter element with compressed air since the compressed air could damage the filter paper. WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. Note: Do not rely on filter appearance alone. A filter which appears to be dirty may have several thousand miles (kilometers) of life remaining. Note: Operating your vehicle in heavy snowfall or extreme rain conditions may allow excessive amounts of snow or water into the air intake system. This could plug or soak the air filter and cause the engine to lose power or shut down. E163373 After installation of the new filter element, reset the gauge by pressing the reset button on top of the gauge. E163372 230 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance We recommend the following actions after operating the vehicle up to 200 mi (320 km) in heavy snowfall or extreme rain: • Snow: At the earliest opportunity, open the hood and clear all the snow and ice from the air filter housing inlet. Do NOT remove the foam filter and reset the air filter restriction gauge. • Extreme rain: The air filter dries after about 15–30 minutes at highway speeds. At the earliest opportunity, open the hood and reset the air filter restriction gauge. 1. Locate the mass airflow sensor electrical connector on the air inlet tube. Disconnect the electrical connector. Unlock the locking clip on the connector, then squeeze and pull the connector off the air inlet tube. x3 Air Filter Replacement When replacing the air filter element, use a Motorcraft® air filter element. See Motorcraft Parts (page 293). Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage. E317652 2. Remove the clips that secure the air filter housing cover. Push the air filter cover forward and away from you when pulling up slightly to release it. 3. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing. E317651 E163376 231 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance 4. Remove and install a new foam filter, if needed. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). If you do not replace the foam filter, be sure the existing foam filter is in place. Note: Operating your vehicle in heavy snowfall or extreme rain conditions may allow excessive amounts of snow or water into the air intake system. This could plug or soak the air filter, and cause the engine to lose power or shut down. When replacing the air filter element, use a Motorcraft® air filter element. See Motorcraft Parts (page 293). Note: Failure to use the correct air filter element may result in severe engine damage, and may void the vehicle warranty. Change the air filter element at the correct interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). E163377 5. Install a new air filter element. Be sure that the groove seal on the pleated paper filter traps both sides of the vertical partition of the air box. 6. Engage the clips to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. Ensure that you align the tabs on the edge properly into the slots. 7. Reconnect the mass airflow sensor electrical connector to the inlet tube. Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position. E317615 1. CHANGING THE ENGINE AIR FILTER - 7.3L WARNING: To reduce the risk of vehicle damage and personal burn injuries, do not start your engine with the air cleaner removed and do not remove it while the engine is running. 232 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Locate the mass air flow sensor electrical connector on the air outlet tube. Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector. Maintenance x3 E317616 2. Reposition the locking clip on the connector, squeeze the connector and pull it off the air outlet tube. E317618 5. Remove the clips that secure the air filter housing cover. Push the air filter cover toward the center of the vehicle and up slightly to release it. 6. Remove the air filter element from the air filter housing. 7. Install the new air filter element. 8. Engage the clips to secure the air filter housing cover to the air filter housing. Be careful not to crimp the filter element edges between the air filter housing and cover. Ensure that you align the tabs on the edge properly into the slots. 9. Slip the air tube onto the air filter housing and tighten the air-tube clamp bolt snugly. Do not over tighten air-tube clamp bolt. E317617 3. Clean the area from around the air tube to the air cover connection to prevent debris from entering the system. Next, loosen the bolt on the air tube clamp so the clamp is no longer snug to the air tube. It is not necessary to completely remove the clamp. 4. Pull the air tube off from the air cleaner housing. 233 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Draining the Diesel Fuel Conditioner Module (DFCM) WARNING: Do not drain the water-in-fuel separator while the engine is running. Failure to follow this warning may result in fire, serious injury, death or property damage. Note: If you drain the diesel fuel conditioner module while the system is running air will enter into the fuel system. The engine will not operate properly if air enters the system. Note: With fuel tank levels above 3⁄4 tank it may be necessary to loosen the bowl three turns before opening the drain. This will actuate an anti-siphon valve at the fuel and water separator inlet and prevent the fuel from siphoning out of the tank. E317619 10. Reconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector to the outlet tube. Make sure the locking tab on the connector is in the locked position. Note: A loose drain valve can allow air to enter the fuel system and cause drivetrain issues. The engine will not operate properly. Be sure that you fully tighten the drain valve. 1. Stop your vehicle and shut off the engine. 2. Locate the diesel fuel conditioner module and place an appropriate container under the drain port. DRAINING THE FUEL FILTER WATER TRAP - 6.7L DIESEL Your vehicle is equipped with a diesel fuel conditioner module located on the frame-rail under the driver-side floorboard near the transmission. You should drain water from the module assembly whenever the warning light comes on and the message center directs you to drain the water separator. This will occur when approximately 8.45 fl oz (250 ml) of water accumulates in the module. If you allow the water level to exceed this level, the water may pass through to the engine and may cause fuel injection equipment damage. E163360 234 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance 3. Rotate the drain counterclockwise until the O-ring is visible. Allow the diesel fuel conditioner module to drain for approximately 25 seconds or until clean fuel is observed. Rotate the drain clockwise to tighten it. If no liquid drains, there may be a clog in the drain. Have the conditioner module serviced by an authorized dealer. 4. Make sure that you fully tighten the drain valve and then remove the container from under your vehicle. 5. Restart the engine. If the Water in Fuel Drain Filter message and light continues to illuminate, have the fuel system checked and repaired. Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and the MAX marks on the coolant reservoir. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). Coolant concentration should be checked using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration. Adding Coolant WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield. ENGINE COOLANT CHECK 6.7L DIESEL WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark. WARNING: Do not add coolant when the vehicle is on or the cooling system is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly. When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use coolant or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location. 235 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. the coolant is visible and the radiator is almost full. If coolant is added to bring the level within the minimum and maximum range when the engine is not cold, the system may remain under filled. 4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap, turn it clockwise until you feel a strong resistance. 5. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level. Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved antifreeze concentrate diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Cooling System Capacity and Specification (page 301). Using water that has not been deionized may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion or plugging of the small cooling system passageways. It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. See Cooling System Capacity and Specification (page 301). Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to Ford specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non-pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system, add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool. Add prediluted coolant to the maximum level. For all vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap, or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator, follow these steps to add engine coolant: Note: During normal vehicle operation, the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to be replaced. 1. Turn the engine off and let it cool. 2. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap. 3. Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with prediluted engine coolant to within the minimum and maximum range on the engine coolant reservoir. If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system, fill the radiator until In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without prediluted coolant to reach a vehicle service location. On arrival do the following: 1. Drain the cooling system. 2. Chemically clean the cooling system. We recommend Motorcraft Premium Cooling System Flush. 236 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance 3. Refill with prediluted coolant as soon as possible. 7. Water alone, without prediluted coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. 8. Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: • Alcohol. • Methanol. • Brine. • Any coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze. 9. 10. Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing. Do not add extra inhibitors or non-specified additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant. 11. Engine and Secondary Cooling System Refill Procedure Use the following procedure when refilling the engine or secondary cooling systems after it has been drained or become extremely low: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 12. Before you remove the cap, turn the engine off and let it cool. When the engine is cool, wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn the cap counterclockwise until pressure begins to release. Step back when the pressure releases. When you are sure that all the pressure has been released, use the cloth to turn the cap counterclockwise and then remove it. Slowly add prediluted engine coolant to the coolant reservoir until the coolant level is within the minimum and maximum range as listed on the reservoir. Reinstall the pressure relief cap. 13. Recycled Coolant We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available. Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner. 237 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Start and run the engine at 2000 rpm for 2 minutes. Switch the engine off and remove the pressure relief cap as previously outlined. If required, add prediluted engine coolant to the coolant reservoir until the coolant level is within the minimum and maximum range as listed on the reservoir. Engine cooling system: Repeat steps 5 through 9 until the coolant level has stabilized (is no longer dropping after each step) and the upper radiator hose at the radiator is warm to the touch (indicating that the engine thermostat is open and coolant is flowing through the radiator). Check the secondary cooling system. Repeat steps 1 through 10 until the coolant level has stabilized (is no longer dropping after each step) and the lower passenger side of the secondary radiator is warm to the touch (indicating secondary thermostat is open and coolant is flowing through the entire system). Check the coolant level in both systems before you drive your vehicle the next few times. If necessary, add prediluted engine coolant to the coolant reservoirs until the coolant level is within the minimum and maximum range as listed on the reservoir. After any coolant has been added, check the coolant concentration. Maintenance Engine-driven Cooling Fan (Fan Clutch) Follow your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids. Your vehicle may have an engine driven cooling fan drive (also called a fan clutch). This fan drive changes the fan speed to match the vehicle’s changing cooling air flow requirements. Fan speed, fan noise level and fuel consumption all increase based on the driving conditions that include trailer towing, hill climbing, heavy loads, high speed and high ambient temperature, individually or in combination. Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates: • It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50%. • A coolant concentration of 60% provides improved freeze point protection.Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. The fan drive is designed to provide the minimum fan speed (and resulting minimum fan noise and fuel consumption) required to meet the ever changing vehicle cooling air flow requirements. You can hear fan noise increasing and decreasing as the engine power requirements and vehicle driving conditions change as you drive. This is to be expected as being normal to the operation of your vehicle. High levels of fan noise might also be heard when your engine is first started, and should normally decrease after driving for a short time. If you drive in extremely hot climates: • You can decrease the coolant concentration to 40%. • Coolant concentrations below 40% decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection. ENGINE COOLANT CHECK 7.3L Coolant Change At specific mileage intervals, as listed in the scheduled maintenance information, the coolant should be changed. The instrument cluster display may display a message to change coolant at this time. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not put coolant in the windshield washer reservoir. If sprayed on the windshield, coolant could make it difficult to see through the windshield. 238 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance WARNING: To reduce the risk of personal injury, make sure the engine is cool before unscrewing the coolant pressure relief cap. The cooling system is under pressure. Steam and hot liquid can come out forcefully when you loosen the cap slightly. WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. WARNING: Do not add coolant further than the MAX mark. Note: Automotive fluids are not interchangeable. Do not use coolant or windshield washer fluid outside of its specified function and vehicle location. When the engine is cold, check the concentration and level of the coolant at the intervals listed in the scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). Note: Do not use stop leak pellets, cooling system sealants, or non-specified additives as they can cause damage to the engine cooling or heating systems. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Note: Make sure that the coolant level is between the MIN and MAX marks on the coolant reservoir. Note: Coolant expands when it is hot. The level may extend beyond the MAX mark. It is very important to use prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification in order to avoid plugging the small passageways in the engine cooling system. See Cooling System Capacity and Specification (page 302). Do not mix different colors or types of coolant in your vehicle. Mixing of engine coolants or using an incorrect coolant may harm the engine or cooling system components and may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. Maintain coolant concentration within 48% to 50%, which equates to a freeze point between -30°F (-34°C) and -34°F (-37°C). Check the coolant concentration using a refractometer. We do not recommend the use of hydrometers or coolant test strips for measuring coolant concentration. Adding Coolant Note: Coolants marketed for all makes and models may not be approved to our specifications and may cause damage to the cooling system. Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty. WARNING: Do not add engine coolant when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. 239 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance For vehicles with overflow coolant systems with a non-pressurized cap on the coolant recovery system, add coolant to the coolant recovery reservoir when the engine is cool. Add prediluted coolant to the maximum level. For all vehicles which have a coolant degas system with a pressurized cap, or if it is necessary to remove the coolant pressure relief cap on the radiator, follow these steps to add engine coolant: If you have to add more than 1.1 qt (1 L) of engine coolant per month, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Operating an engine with a low level of coolant can result in engine overheating and possible engine damage. Note: During normal vehicle operation, the coolant may change color from orange to pink or light red. As long as the coolant is clear and uncontaminated, this color change does not indicate the coolant has degraded nor does it require the coolant to be drained, the system to be flushed, or the coolant to be replaced. 1. Turn the engine off and let it cool. 2. Unscrew the cap slowly. Any pressure escapes as you unscrew the cap. 3. Fill the coolant reservoir slowly with prediluted engine coolant to within the minimum and maximum range on the engine coolant reservoir. If you removed the radiator cap in an overflow system, fill the radiator until the coolant is visible and the radiator is almost full. If coolant is added to bring the level within the minimum and maximum range when the engine is not cold, the system may remain underfilled. 4. Replace the coolant reservoir cap. Turn the cap clockwise until it contacts the hard stop. 5. Check the coolant level in the coolant reservoir the next few times you drive your vehicle. If necessary, add enough prediluted engine coolant to bring the coolant level to the proper level. Note: If prediluted coolant is not available, use the approved antifreeze concentrate diluting it to 50/50 with distilled water. See Cooling System Capacity and Specification (page 302). Using water that has not been deionized may contribute to deposit formation, corrosion or plugging of the small cooling system passageways. Note: In case of emergency, you can add a large amount of water without coolant in order to reach a vehicle service location. Water alone, without coolant, can cause engine damage from corrosion, overheating or freezing. When you reach a service location, you must have the cooling system drained, flushed and refilled using the correct specification prediluted coolant or antifreeze concentrate. See Cooling System Capacity and Specification (page 302). Do not use the following as a coolant substitute: • Alcohol. • Methanol. • Brine. • Any coolant mixed with alcohol or methanol antifreeze. Alcohol and other liquids can cause engine damage from overheating or freezing. Do not add extra inhibitors or additives to the coolant. These can be harmful and compromise the corrosion protection of the coolant. Recycled Coolant We do not recommend the use of recycled coolant as an approved recycling process is not yet available. 240 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Engine-driven Cooling Fan (Fan Clutch) Dispose of used engine coolant in an appropriate manner. Follow your community’s regulations and standards for recycling and disposing of automotive fluids. Your vehicle comes with an engine driven cooling fan drive, also called a fan clutch. This fan drive changes the fan speed to match the vehicle’s changing cooling air flow requirements. Fan speed, fan noise level and fuel consumption all will increase based on the driving conditions that include trailer towing, hill climbing, heavy loads, high speed and high ambient temperature, individually or in combination. Severe Climates If you drive in extremely cold climates: • It may be necessary to increase the coolant concentration above 50%. • A coolant concentration of 60% provides improved freeze point protection. Coolant concentrations above 60% decrease the overheat protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. The fan drive is designed to provide the minimum fan speed, and resulting minimum fan noise and fuel consumption required to meet the ever changing vehicle cooling air flow requirements. You will hear the amount of fan noise increasing and decreasing as the engine power requirements and vehicle driving conditions change as you drive. This is to be expected as being normal to the operation of your vehicle. High levels of fan noise might also be heard when your engine is first started, and should normally decrease after driving for a short time. If you drive in extremely hot climates: • You can decrease the coolant concentration to 40%. • Coolant concentrations below 40% decrease the freeze and corrosion protection characteristics of the coolant and may cause engine damage. Vehicles driven year-round in non-extreme climates should use prediluted engine coolant for optimum cooling system and engine protection. Fail-Safe Cooling Fail-safe cooling allows you to temporarily drive your vehicle before any incremental component damage occurs. The fail-safe distance depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load and terrain. Coolant Change Change the coolant at specific mileage intervals as listed in the scheduled maintenance information. The information display may display a message to change coolant at this time. Add prediluted coolant approved to the correct specification. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). How Fail-Safe Cooling Works If the engine begins to overheat, the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone: E103308 E67028 241 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A warning lamp illuminates and a message may appear in the information display. Maintenance If the engine reaches a preset over-temperature condition, the engine switches to alternating cylinder operation. Each disabled cylinder acts as an air pump and cools the engine. Your vehicle has limited engine power when in the fail-safe mode, drive your vehicle with caution. Your vehicle does not maintain high-speed operation and the engine may operate poorly. When this occurs, your vehicle still operates, however: • Engine power is limited. • The air conditioning system turns off. Remember that the engine is capable of shutting down to prevent engine damage. In this situation: 1. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and switch the engine off. 2. If you are a member of a roadside assistance program, we recommend that you contact your roadside assistance service provider. 3. If this is not possible, wait a short period for the engine to cool. 4. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. 5. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage. Note: Driving your vehicle without repair increases the chance of engine damage. Continued operation increases the engine temperature, causing the engine to completely shut down. Your steering and braking effort increases in this situation. When the engine temperature cools, you can re-start the engine. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible to minimize engine damage. When Fail-Safe Mode Is Activated WARNING: Fail-safe mode is for use during emergencies only. Operate your vehicle in fail-safe mode only as long as necessary to bring your vehicle to rest in a safe location and seek immediate repairs. When in fail-safe mode, your vehicle will have limited power, will not be able to maintain high-speed operation, and may completely shut down without warning, potentially losing engine power, power steering assist, and power brake assist, which may increase the possibility of a crash resulting in serious injury. Engine Coolant Temperature Management (If Equipped) WARNING: To reduce the risk of crash and injury, be prepared that the vehicle speed may reduce and the vehicle may not be able to accelerate with full power until the coolant temperature reduces. WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. If you tow a trailer with your vehicle, the engine may temporarily reach a higher temperature during severe operating conditions, for example ascending a long or steep grade in high ambient temperatures. 242 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance At this time, you may notice the coolant temperature gauge moves toward the red zone and a message may appear in the information display. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CHECK The transmission does not consume fluid. However, check the fluid level if the transmission is not working properly, for example if the transmission slips, shifts slowly or if there are signs of fluid loss. You may notice a reduction in vehicle speed caused by reduced engine power in order to manage the engine coolant temperature. Your vehicle may enter this mode if certain high-temperature and high-load conditions take place. The amount of speed reduction depends on vehicle loading, grade and ambient temperature. If this occurs, there is no need to pull off the road. You can continue to drive your vehicle. Replace the transmission fluid and filter on your vehicle at the specified service interval. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). Automatic transmission fluid expands when warmed. To check the fluid level consistently and accurately, do the following: The air conditioning may turn on and off during severe operating conditions to protect the engine from overheating. When the coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, the air conditioning turns on. 1. If the coolant temperature gauge moves fully into the red zone, or if the coolant temperature warning or service engine soon messages appear in your information display, do the following: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 2. Pull off the road as soon as safely possible and shift the transmission into park (P). Leave the engine running until the coolant temperature gauge needle returns to the normal position. After several minutes, if the temperature does not drop, follow the remaining steps. Switch the engine off and wait for it to cool. Check the coolant level. If the coolant level is at or below the minimum mark, add prediluted coolant immediately. If the coolant level is normal, restart the engine and continue. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 243 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Drive the vehicle until it reaches normal operating temperature. This may take up to 20 mi (30 km). Make sure that the transmission fluid temperature gauge on the instrument cluster is within normal operating temperature 196–215°F (91–102°C) before checking. Make sure that your vehicle is on level ground. With the engine running, parking brake engaged and your foot on the brake pedal, move the gearshift lever through all of the gear ranges. Allow sufficient time for each gear to engage. Make sure the parking brake is on. Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N) and leave the engine running. Open the hood. See Opening and Closing the Hood (page 223). Remove the dipstick and wipe it with a clean, lint-free cloth. See Under Hood Overview (page 225). Replace the dipstick and remove it again to check the fluid level. Maintenance 8. If the fluid level is correct, replace the dipstick and make sure it is fully seated. Note: If the fluid level is between the maximum and minimum marks, the fluid level is acceptable. Do not add fluid. High Fluid Level Transmission Fluid Level Low Fluid Level E163744 Do not add fluid further than the maximum mark. Fluid levels above the maximum mark could cause shift or engagement concerns and possible damage. Note: An overheating condition can cause high fluid levels. E163740 Adding Transmission Fluid If the fluid level is at or below the minimum mark, add fluid immediately. See Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification (page 307). Do not use supplemental transmission fluid additives, treatments or cleaning agents. The use of these materials could affect transmission operation and result in damage to internal transmission components and could lead to transmission damage that the vehicle Warranty does not cover. Note: If there is no indication of fluid on the dipstick, have your vehicle checked immediately. Correct Fluid Level Use only recommended transmission fluid that meets our specifications. See Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification (page 307). Note: Use of a non-approved automatic transmission fluid could cause internal transmission component damage. If necessary, add fluid in 8 fl oz (250 ml) increments through the filler tube until the level is correct. If an overfill occurs, remove excess fluid and have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. E163742 Make sure that the fluid level is between the maximum and minimum marks. 244 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance BRAKE FLUID CHECK WARNING: Do not use any fluid other than the recommended brake fluid as this will reduce brake efficiency. Use of incorrect fluid could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. WARNING: Only use brake fluid from a sealed container. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials may result in brake system damage or failure. Failure to adhere to this warning could result in the loss of vehicle control, serious personal injury or death. E170684 WARNING: Do not allow the fluid to touch your skin or eyes. If this happens, rinse the affected areas immediately with plenty of water and contact your physician. 1. Park your vehicle on a level surface. 2. Look at the brake fluid reservoir to see where the brake fluid level is relative to the MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir. Note: If the brake fluid level is between the MIN and the MAX marks on the reservoir, it is acceptable. WARNING: The brake system could be affected if the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark or above the MAX mark on the brake fluid reservoir. Note: If the brake fluid level is below the MIN mark or above the MAX mark, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. Note: To avoid fluid contamination, the reservoir cap must remain in place and fully tight, unless you are adding fluid. Only use fluid that meets our specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). Brake Fluid Service Interval Brake fluid absorbs water over time which degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Change the brake fluid at the specified intervals to prevent degraded braking performance. 245 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance For detailed interval information, see Scheduled Maintenance in your Owner's Manual or your local maintenance guide. CHANGING THE 12V BATTERY WARNING: This vehicle may be equipped with more than one battery, removal of cable from only one battery does not disconnect the vehicle electrical system. Be sure to disconnect cables from all batteries when disconnecting power. Failure to do so may cause serious personal injury or property damage. POWER STEERING FLUID CHECK Check the power steering fluid. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). If adding fluid is necessary, use only MERCON LV ATF Check the fluid level when it is at ambient temperature. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide proper ventilation. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. It should be between the MIN and MAX range. Do not add fluid if the level is within this range. If the fluid level is low, add fluid to bring the fluid level up to between the MIN and MAX range. Switch the engine on. While the engine idles, turn the steering wheel left and right several times. Switch the engine off. Recheck the fluid level in the reservoir. Do not add fluid if the level is between the MIN and MAX range. If the fluid is low, add the proper type of fluid in small amounts, continuously checking the level until it is between the MIN and MAX range. See Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid Capacity and Specification (page 312). Be sure to put the cap back on the reservoir. WARNING: When lifting a plastic-cased battery, excessive pressure on the end walls could cause acid to flow through the vent caps, resulting in personal injury and damage to the vehicle or battery. Lift the battery with a battery carrier or with your hands on opposite corners. WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately. Note: If your battery has a cover/shield, make sure it is reinstalled after the battery has been cleaned or replaced. 246 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Note: Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. 5. Turn the air conditioning (if equipped) on and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. 6. Release the parking brake. With your foot on the brake pedal and with the air conditioning on, put the vehicle in drive (D) and allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. • If you do not allow the engine to relearn its idle trim, the idle quality of your vehicle may be adversely affected until the idle trim is eventually relearned. 7. Drive the vehicle to complete the relearning process • The vehicle may need to be driven 10 mi (16 km) or more to relearn the idle and fuel trim strategy along with the ethanol content for flexible fuel vehicles. Note: Electrical or electronic accessories or components added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability. Your vehicle is equipped with a Motorcraft maintenance-free battery which normally does not require additional water during its life of service. For longer, trouble-free operation, keep the top of the battery clean and dry. Also, make certain the battery cables are always tightly fastened to the battery terminals. If you see any corrosion on the battery or terminals, remove the cables from the terminals and clean with a wire brush. You can neutralize the acid with a solution of baking soda and water. If the battery has been disconnected or a new battery has been installed, the clock and radio settings must be reset once the battery is reconnected. It is recommended that the negative battery cable terminal be disconnected from the battery if you plan to store your vehicle for an extended period of time. Always dispose of automotive batteries in a responsible manner. Follow your local authorized standards for disposal. Call your local authorized recycling center to find out more about recycling automotive batteries. Because your vehicle’s engine is electronically controlled by a computer, some control conditions are maintained by power from the battery. When the battery is disconnected or a new battery is installed, the engine must relearn its idle and fuel trim strategy for optimum driveability and performance. To begin this process Battery Management System (If Equipped) The battery management system (BMS) monitors battery conditions and takes actions to extend battery life. If excessive battery drain is detected, the system may temporarily disable certain electrical features to protect the battery. Those electrical accessories affected include the rear defrost, heated/cooled seats, climate control fan, heated steering wheel, audio and navigation system. A message may be shown in the information displays to alert 1. With the vehicle at a complete stop, set the parking brake. 2. Put the gearshift in park (P) or neutral (N) and turn off all accessories. 3. Start the engine. Run the engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. 4. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute. 247 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance the driver that battery protection actions are active. These messages are only for notification that an action is taking place, and not intended to indicate an electrical problem or that the battery requires replacement. Headlamp Aiming Target Electrical accessory installation To ensure proper operation of the BMS, any electrical devices that are added to the vehicle should not have their ground connection made directly at the negative battery post. A connection at the negative battery post can cause inaccurate measurements of the battery condition and potential incorrect system operation. E142592 Note: Electrical or electronic accessories added to the vehicle by the dealer or the owner may adversely affect battery performance and durability, and may also affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle. 8 ft (2.4 m) B Center height of lamp to ground C 25 ft (7.6 m) D Horizontal reference line Vertical Aim Adjustment Procedure When a battery replacement is required, the battery should only be replaced with a Ford recommended replacement battery which matches the electrical requirements of the vehicle. After battery replacement, or in some cases after charging the battery with the external charger, the BMS requires eight hours of vehicle sleep time (key off with doors closed) to relearn the new battery state of charge. Prior to relearning the state of charge, the BMS may disable electrical features (to protect the battery) earlier than normal. 1. Park the vehicle directly in front of a wall or screen on a level surface, approximately 25 ft (7.6 m) away. 2. Measure the height of the headlamp bulb center from the ground and mark an 8 ft (2.4 m) horizontal reference line on the vertical wall or screen at this height. Note: To see a clearer light pattern for adjusting, you may want to block the light from one headlamp while adjusting the other. 3. Turn on the low beam headlamps to illuminate the wall or screen and open the hood. ADJUSTING THE HEADLAMPS Vertical Aim Adjustment The headlamps on your vehicle are properly aimed at the assembly plant. If your vehicle has been in an accident, the alignment of your headlamps should be checked by your authorized dealer. 248 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A Maintenance WASHER FLUID CHECK WARNING: If you operate your vehicle in temperatures below 40°F (5°C), use washer fluid with antifreeze protection. Failure to use washer fluid with antifreeze protection in cold weather could result in impaired windshield vision and increase the risk of injury or accident. E142465 Add fluid to fill the reservoir if the level is low. Only use a washer fluid that meets Ford specifications. See Capacities and Specifications (page 291). 4. On the wall or screen you will observe a flat zone of high intensity light located at the top of the right hand portion of the beam pattern. If the top edge of the high intensity light zone is not at the horizontal reference line, the headlamp will need to be adjusted. State or local regulations on volatile organic compounds may restrict the use of methanol, a common windshield washer antifreeze additive. Washer fluids containing non-methanol antifreeze agents should be used only if they provide cold weather protection without damaging the vehicle’s paint finish, wiper blades or washer system. FUEL FILTER - 7.3L Your vehicle is equipped with a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed. E163806 5. Locate the vertical adjuster on each headlamp. Using a Phillips #2 screwdriver, turn the adjuster either clockwise or counterclockwise in order to adjust the vertical aim of the headlamp. 6. Repeat Steps 3 thru 5 to adjust the other headlamp. 7. Close the hood and turn off the lamps. CHECKING THE WIPER BLADES Horizontal Aim Adjustment Horizontal aim is not required for this vehicle and is not adjustable. E142463 249 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Run the tip of your fingers over the edge of the blade to check for roughness. Note: Make sure that the wiper blade locks into place. Lower the wiper arm and blade back on the windshield. The wiper arms will automatically return to their normal position when you turn the ignition on. Clean the wiper blades with washer fluid or water applied with a soft sponge or cloth. • Replace wiper blades at least once per year for optimum performance. You can improve poor wiper quality by cleaning the wiper blades and the windshield. CHANGING THE WIPER BLADES • You can manually move the wiper arms when the ignition is off. This allows for ease of blade replacement and cleaning under the blades. REMOVING A HEADLAMP E163822 E165804 1. 1. Remove the four bolts from the headlamp assembly. 2. Pull the assembly straight out disengaging one snap clip from the fender. 3. Disconnect the electrical connector by squeezing the release tab and pushing the connector forward, then pulling it rearward. Pull the wiper blade and arm away from the glass. CHANGING A BULB A WARNING: Bulbs can become hot. Let the bulb cool down before removing it. Failure to do so could result in personal injury. E165794 2. Release the wiper blade lock (A) and separate the wiper blade from the wiper arm. 3. Install in the reverse order. 250 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Brake Lamp, Rear Lamp, Rear Direction Indicator, License Plate Lamp and Reverse Lamp Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized D.O.T. marking for North America to make sure they have the proper lamp performance, light brightness, light pattern and safe visibility. Install in the reverse order unless otherwise stated. Headlamp Bulbs 1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. 2. Remove the headlamp. See Removing a Headlamp (page 250). 3. Release the clip and remove the bulb. Note: Do not touch the bulb glass. E163828 1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. 2. Remove the four screws and the lamp lens from lamp assembly. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out. Note: If the bulb is accidentally touched, it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used. Front Clearance and Identification Lamp (If Equipped) CHANGING THE ENGINEMOUNTED AND DIESEL FUEL CONDITIONER MODULE FUEL FILTERS - 6.7L DIESEL WARNING: Do not dispose of fuel in the household refuse or the public sewage system. Use an authorized waste disposal facility. E163825 1. Switch all of the lamps and the ignition off. 2. Remove the screw and lens from the lamp assembly. 3. Press the bulb in and turn the bulb counterclockwise to remove it. Your vehicle has two fuel filters. The first filter mounts on top of the engine on the left-hand side. The second filter is inside the diesel fuel conditioner module. The module is mounted between the inboard side of the fuel tank and the frame rail. 251 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Regular fuel filter changes are an important part of engine maintenance; failing to keep with the scheduled maintenance could lead to engine performance issues and fuel injection system damage. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 325). Use only recommended service parts conforming to specifications. See Motorcraft Parts (page 293). Note: Using fuel that has high levels of impurities may require more frequent filter replacements than the service interval specifies. Diesel Fuel Conditioner Module Filter Removal E250850 1. 3. Drain the diesel fuel conditioner module. Turn the drain plug counterclockwise until it stops. Do not use any tools to loosen the drain plug. Drain the filter, approximately 0.5 gal (2 L), into an appropriate container. Do not re-use the fuel drained from the module. Access the underside of your vehicle. E250852 2. The diesel fuel conditioner module is on the left-hand frame rail. E250851 252 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance 4. Disconnect the electrical connector. 5. Fully loosen the lower portion of the diesel fuel conditioner module housing using the nut cast into the lower portion. 2. Install the lower portion of the housing on the top portion. Tighten by hand until you feel a strong resistance. Continue to tighten with a 32mm socket wrench until the mechanical stop on the bottom meets the top. 3. Connect the electrical connector. 4. Tighten the drain plug, turn it clockwise until it stops and you feel a strong resistance. Do not use any tools to tighten the drain plug. 5. Switch the ignition on for 30 seconds and then switch the ignition off. Repeat this operation six times in a row to purge any trapped air from the fuel system. Engine-mounted Fuel Filter Although the fuel system is not fully pressurized when the vehicle is off, some residual pressure may remain in the fuel system since it can take some time for the pressure to completely bleed off. Therefore, we recommend you place an absorbent cloth below the filter connectors to absorb any fuel that may drain. E250849 6. Remove the lower portion of the diesel fuel conditioner module housing and the diesel fuel conditioner module filter. The engine-mounted fuel filter is a plastic disposable cartridge. Installation 1. Install a new filter in the bowl and press until it snaps on the bottom. E163362 253 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Removal 2. Reconnect the fuel lines. 3. Switch the ignition on for 30 seconds and then switch the ignition off. Repeat this operation six times in a row to purge any trapped air from the fuel system. 1 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INSPECTION Periodically inspect electrical connectors on the outside of the cab and on the engine and frame for corrosion and tightness. Exposed terminals, such as the fuel sender, cranking motor, alternator and feed-through studs, should be cleaned and re-coated with a lubricant sealing grease such as Motorcraft Silicone Brake Caliper Grease and Dielectric Compound XG-3, or equivalent. This should include the ground cable connector for batteries, engine and cab as well as the jump-starting stud. E226215 1. Disconnect the fuel lines by squeezing the connector tabs and pulling the lines straight off. 3 Accessory Feed Connections Vehicle electrical systems are complex and often include powertrain components, such as engine and transmission controls, instrument panels and ABS. While most systems operate on battery voltage (12 volts), some systems can be as high as 90 volts or as low as five volts. See the Electrical Circuit Diagram Manuals, available from your vehicle’s manufacturer, to make sure that any extra body lights and accessory connections to circuits are both appropriate and not overloaded. Do not make modifications to any vehicle control system without first contacting an authorized dealer. 2 E226214 2. Rotate the filter fully counterclockwise until the peg is at the far end of the slot. 3. Pull the filter straight up from the bracket and discard the filter. Installation 1. Install the new filter into the filter bracket. Turn the filter clockwise to lock it in place. 254 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Before engine operation, remove any debris blocking the core. • Turbocharger-to-charge air cooler. • Charge air cooler-to-intake manifold pipe. • Mounting bracket. • Chassis-mounted charge air cooler core. AIR INDUCTION SYSTEM INSPECTION WARNING: When performing maintenance to any turbocharged engine with engine air inlet piping disconnected, keep loose clothing, jewelry and long hair away from the engine air inlet piping. A turbocharger compressor air inlet protective shield should be installed over the turbocharger air inlet to reduce the risk of personal injury or death. Inspect air intake piping: • Check for accumulation of salt deposits (where applicable). If present, disassemble and clean the complete air intake piping system. If pitting is evident on the intake piping, use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA-30 to seal joints against leakage. • Check for loose hoses and clamps. • Check for ruptured or collapsed hoses. • Check air cleaner housing for cracks. Perform a complete inspection of the air induction system annually. In areas where road salt is used, disassemble the joints of each aluminum component and inspect for salt build-up and presence of chlorine that can cause aluminum particles to flake off and enter the engine combustion chambers. If evidence of corrosion is found (usually at the pipe connections), use a wire brush to clean the inside of the pipes and inside the rubber hoses. EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION Note: If your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter or muffler, do not blend waste oil with diesel fuel. Operate only on ultra-low sulfur (less than 15 parts per million sulfur) diesel fuel with a cetane value of 45 or higher. If pitting is evident at the joint ends of the intake pipes, use Motorcraft Silicone Gasket and Sealant TA-30 to seal the joints. Make sure no excess material, which can pull into the engine, is on the inside of the pipes. If the service condition of the pipes, hoses or clamps is questionable, replace the defective part(s). If your diesel engine is equipped with a catalytic converter, it is important to review the maintenance schedule to make sure proper functioning of the catalytic converter. Also, take precautions not to damage the catalytic converter when servicing your engine or storing your vehicle. Make sure to clean all dust and debris out of the pipes and couplings with a clean, damp rag before reassembly. Chassis-mounted Charge Air Cooler Visually inspect the core assembly for debris and clogging of external fins with the engine off. 255 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Air Brakes BRAKE SYSTEM INSPECTION WARNING: Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash. Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster, with the installation of the adjuster, or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy. Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke. WARNING: Always wear a respirator approved by the National Institute of Occupational Studies of Health (NIOSH) or Mine Safety and Appliance (MSA) during all brake service procedures. Wear the respirator from removal of the wheels through assembly. Never use compressed air or dry brushing to clean brake parts or assemblies. Clean brake parts and assemblies in open air. During assembly, carefully place all parts on the floor to avoid getting dust in the air. Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system to clean dust from the brake drums, backing plates and other brake parts. After using the vacuum, remove any remaining dust with a rag soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry. Never use compressed air or dry sweeping to clean the work area. Use an industrial vacuum cleaner with a HEPA filter system and rags soaked in water and wrung until nearly dry. Dispose of used rags with care to avoid getting dust in the air. Use an approved respirator when emptying vacuum cleaners and handling used rags. Worker clean-up: Wash your hands before eating, drinking or smoking. Vacuum your work clothes after use and then launder them separately, without shaking them, to prevent fiber dust getting into the air. Inspection and Adjustment Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning, lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use. Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions. If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle, contact an authorized dealer. Regular inspections should include: • Periodic checking (every service interval) of push rod travel or brake adjustment. This is essential for effective braking. Brake chamber push rods on original equipment chambers now incorporate an orange paint marker near the base of the push rod Your vehicle is equipped with non-asbestos brake linings. However, exposure to excessive amounts of brake material (whether asbestos or non-asbestos, fiberglass, mineral wool, aramid or carbon) may be a serious health hazard. 256 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance • • as a stroke indicator to aid in adjustment checks. If the push rod is clean and the brakes are out of adjustment, you can see the orange marker protruding from the chamber when the brakes are applied. Checking the brake lining (every service interval). When brake linings or blocks wear within 0.063 in (1.6 mm) they must be replaced. Periodic checking (every service interval) of the air compressor filter. Check the filter minder and when the indicator is near or on the red line marked Service, replace the filter and reset the service filter minder. Air Dryer Climactic conditions affect performance of desiccant or after-cooler type air dryers. You must establish a maintenance schedule for each specific operation. The use of an air dryer on a vehicle does not eliminate the need to drain the air reservoirs periodically. Inspect for moisture in the air system by opening reservoirs, draincocks or valves and checking for presence of water. The presence of small amounts of water due to condensation is normal and is not an indication that the dryer is not functioning properly. Replace or rebuild the desiccant cartridge when you determine that the desiccant is contaminated and does not have adequate water absorption capacity. The desiccant change interval may vary. A general recommendation is to replace the desiccant every 12 months (yearly). If experience has shown that extended or shortened life has resulted for a particular installation, then the yearly interval can be increased or decreased accordingly. Do not back off or disconnect the front brakes so that they are less effective, letting the rear brakes do all the stopping of your vehicle. Do not overlook the brakes on the trailer either. Brake condition on the trailer is just as important as the tractor. Proper brake balance on trucks and tractor-trailers is essential for effective braking. Once a year, inspect the entire brake system: • Rubber components for deterioration. A qualified technician should inspect these components and replace them as necessary. Replacement intervals vary according to the severity and length of vehicle service. • Condition of brake drums, brake chambers and slack adjusters. • System for air leaks. • Hose or pipes for rust, damage and deterioration. • Operation of service and parking brakes. Draining the Air Brake Reservoir WARNING: Failure to drain air brake reservoirs can result in a reduction or loss of braking ability due to fluid accumulation in the reservoir and/or possible freeze-up during cold weather. Completely drain all the air brake reservoirs daily by opening the draincock at the ends of the tanks. (Where accessible. Pull-chains are used when the drains are undercab or otherwise inaccessible.) Close the draincock after draining. Manually drain Periodically inspect parts such as air brake chamber diaphragm, air compressor and air cleaner. Replace any parts if you can consider them unserviceable. 257 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance any air tanks equipped with automatic moisture ejector valves, as required, to maintain a dry air system. Contact an authorized dealer if you are unsure of the air reservoir locations or the draining procedure. • Hydraulic Brakes Establish a regular schedule for periodic cleaning, lubrication and adjustment inspection based on vehicle use. Exact maintenance intervals are difficult to predetermine due to vehicle applications and operating conditions. If you are uncertain of the proper schedule for your vehicle, contact an authorized dealer. • Regular inspections should include: • Checking the brake lining (every service interval). Establish inspection intervals that provide for lining replacement before damage to the disc occurs. Excessive lining wear may expose the backing plate to the disc causing scoring of the disc faces. A qualified technician should perform this inspection and keep to instructions provided by the service manual. Hydraulic brake systems are power-assisted. There is a great reduction in braking capabilities without engine assist. Proper fluid level. The level should be at the bottom edge of the ring on each reservoir fill port. Do not fill the master cylinder to the top of the reservoir. If fluid level requires attention to maintain a proper master cylinder level, this is an indication of either severe operation (pad wear) or fluid leakage. A more frequent and thorough brake inspection is required. Brake lines, hoses and fittings. Repair or replace brake line tubes, hoses or fittings as required. Inspect these components every 4,000 mi (6,000 km) for the following. • Lines for kinks, dents, corrosion or rupture. • Hoses for abrasions, kinks, soft spots or rupture, collapse, cracks, twists or loose frame supports. When replacing a hose, be sure there is adequate clearance to the hose to avoid an abrasion to the new hose. • All connections for leaks. Driveline Parking Brake WARNING: Use wheel chocks and exercise caution when inspecting under the vehicle. A vehicle roll-away could result in property damage, personal injury or death. A qualified technician should adjust the parking brake and keep to the instructions in the service manual. 258 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance Follow the tire manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure for the tire size, load range (ply rating) and steer axle loading typical for their operation (each steer axle tire equals ½ steer axle loading). AXLE INSPECTION Front Axle Maintaining the front axle alignment to specifications is very important. A qualified technician should check and maintain the alignment. Special applications may warrant a setting based on experience with the type of tire operating loads and conditions. Radial tires are more sensitive to toe-in setting than bias ply tires. Fine tuning school bus alignment to line-haul truck standards does not drastically improve tire tread life. Regular inspections should include: • Toe-in inspection and adjustment (if necessary), particularly with radial tires. • Checking for proper tightness of axle mounting U-bolt nuts, attaching or mounting bolts and nuts. • Checking the axle for damage, binding, worn parts and adequate lubrication. • Checking the kingpins for excessive wear. Also, perform this check during other scheduled maintenance, for example as tire rotation or service, wheel bearing service and alignment. See the workshop manual for proper procedures. STEERING SYSTEM INSPECTION WARNING: Failure to maintain the steering system in proper condition can cause reduced steering ability resulting in property damage, personal injury or death. Note: Have any steering problems immediately corrected by a qualified service technician. Toe-in It is essential to maintain correct toe-in and tire pressure for optimum tire wear. Ask your service technician to examine the steering mechanism. Only minor adjustments may be necessary. Inspecting steer axle tires in the first 3,000–10,000 mi (5,000–16,000 km) generally shows if tires are wearing normally. Regular inspections should include: • Checking the tie rod, drag link end clamp bolts and ball joints for proper tightness. • Checking for installation and spread of cotter pins and tightness of nuts at both ends of the tie rod and drag link. • Checking that the pitman arm (steering arm at steering gear) mounting is tight and locked. Check system for leaks or hose chafing. Repair immediately, if necessary. Rapid outside shoulder wear on both tires indicates too much toe-in. Rapid inside shoulder wear on both tires indicates too much toe-out. In P&D-type service, there can be a left-to-right steer tire tread life differential up to 40% depending on routes and other variables. 259 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Maintenance • • Maintaining proper steering gear and power steering pump lubricant levels. Checking steering column joint bolts and steering linkage, particularly for body-to-chassis clearance. • • Steering Column Joint Bolts As a good maintenance practice, check steering column joint bolt tightness every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or annually, whichever occurs first. Do not overtighten the bolts. For proper suspension alignment. Maintain proper alignment at all times. U-bolts. After the chassis has been operating under load for 1,000 mi (1,600 km) or six months (whichever comes first), the U-bolt nuts must be re-torqued. Re-torque the U-bolt nuts every 37,000 mi (60,000 km) thereafter. Clean and lubricate the U-bolt and nut threads and seats to make sure a like new condition when re-torqueing. See Spring U-Bolt Check (page 261). Hydraulic System FRAME AND TOW HOOK INSPECTION Whenever draining and refilling the power steering's hydraulic system for any reason, bleed air from the system before returning the vehicle to service. Failure to bleed the hydraulic system properly can result in degradation of power system performance. Your vehicle's chassis is manufactured with frame rails of either HSLA steel or heat-treated steel. Handle each in a specific manner to make sure maximum service life. Consult the service manual or an authorized dealer before attempting frame repair or modification. Consult an authorized dealer who is aware of the proper procedures for filling and bleeding the system. It is important, particularly on vehicles that use tow hooks frequently, to inspect the front and rear tow hooks for damage or a loose mounting. SUSPENSION SYSTEM INSPECTION (IF EQUIPPED) Note: Do not adjust air suspension height to any setting other than the specified setting. Altering the height setting changes the driveline angle and may result in unwarrantable component damage, such as transmission component damage. REAR AXLE FLUID CHECK Your rear axle may have an optional synthetic lubricant that allows the use of extended service intervals. A tag on the filler plug identifies the use of the synthetic lubricant. Verify drive axle air suspension height and height control valve performance at engine oil change intervals. Only use a lubricant that meets manufacturer specifications. Use of a non-approved rear axle lubricant may cause internal axle component damage. See Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification (page 311). Periodically check: • Condition of spring leaves for evidence of fatigue, bending or breakage. • Condition of suspension mounting brackets and bushings. • Torque rod mounting fasteners for tightness. Checking the Fluid Level 1. 260 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Park your vehicle on level ground. Maintenance 2. Set the parking brake and shift into position neutral (N) or park (P). Turn the engine off. 3. Clean any dirt from around the axle filler plug. 4. Remove the filler plug and inspect the lubricant level. It should be at the bottom of the filler plug opening. 5. Add lubricant, if necessary, through the filler plug opening. 6. Clean and install the filler plug securely. Inspect the U-bolt threads for rust and debris. Clean the threads if contaminated. U-bolt Nut Torque Front Axle Note: Check and tighten the U-bolt nuts evenly using a criss-cross pattern in the following stages. Stage lb.ft (Nm) 1. 40 (60) Changing the Fluid 2. 90 (125) Note: Drain the rear axle while the lubricant is warm. 3. 170 (225) 4. 240 (325) 1. Park your vehicle on level ground. 2. Set the parking brake and shift into position neutral (N) or park (P). Turn the engine off. 3. Clean any dirt from around the axle filler and drain plugs. 4. Remove the filler and drain plugs. Drain the lubricant into a suitable container. Dispose of all used automotive fluids in a responsible manner following your local authorized standards. 5. Clean and install the drain plug securely. 6. Add lubricant through the filler plug opening. 7. Clean and install the filler plug securely. Rear Axle Note: Check and tighten the U-bolt nuts evenly using a criss-cross pattern in the following stages. SPRING U-BOLT CHECK Check and tighten the U-bolt nuts after your vehicle has been operated under load for 1,000 mi (1,600 km) or six months, whichever occurs first. Check and tighten the U-bolt nuts every 37,000 mi (60,000 km). Check and tighten the U-bolt nuts with your vehicle at curb height and unloaded. 261 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Stage lb.ft (Nm) 1. 60 (75) 2. 90 (125) 3. 170 (225) 4. 240 (325) 5. 320 (440) Vehicle Care GENERAL INFORMATION CLEANING PRODUCTS Your dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes. Materials For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality: For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer. Name Specification Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada) ESR-M5B194-B Motorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada) ESR-M14P4-A Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.) ESR-M14P3-A Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada) Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada) Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37F/M (Canada) WSS-M14P19-A Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner, ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada) Motorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada) ESR-M14P5-A Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.) Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.) Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada) 262 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing ESR-M14P5-A Vehicle Care Cleaning the Exterior Lamps CLEANING THE EXTERIOR Note: Do not scrape the exterior lamps lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them. Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. • • • • • • Note: Do not wipe the exterior lamps when they are dry. Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example dish washing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces. Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight. Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spotting. Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash. When filling with AdBlue®, remove any residue on painted surfaces immediately. Exterior Chrome Parts • • • Note: Never use abrasive materials, for example steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface. Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers. Exterior Plastic Parts Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible. For routine cleaning we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease spots are present, we recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped) Cleaning the Exterior Precautions Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions: Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. • Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash. • 263 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Apply a high quality-cleaning product to bumpers and other chrome parts. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. We recommend Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner. Do not apply the cleaning product to hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended. Using non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage. Do not use water pressure higher than 2,000 psi (14,000 kPa). Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C). Vehicle Care • • Use a spray with a 40 degree wide spray angle pattern. Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm) distance and 90 degree angle to your vehicle's surface. • Note: Holding the pressure washer nozzle at an angle to the vehicle's surface may damage graphics and cause the edges to peel away from the vehicle's surface. Underbody Do not allow wax to come in contact with any non-body (low-gloss black) colored trim. The wax will discolor or stain the parts over time. • Roof racks. • Bumpers. • Grained door handles. • Side moldings. • Mirror housings. • Windshield cowl area. Do not apply wax to glass areas. After waxing, your car's paint should feel smooth, and be free of streaks and smudges. Regularly clean the entire underside of your vehicle. This includes the chassis, body floor sheet metal and wheel wells using fresh water. Keep body and door drain holes free of debris or foreign material. • • Under Hood CLEANING THE ENGINE For removing black rubber marks from under the hood we recommend Motorcraft Wheel and Tire Cleaner or Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover. Engines are more efficient when they are clean because grease and dirt buildup keep the engine warmer than normal. When washing: • Take care when using a power washer to clean the engine. The high-pressure fluid could penetrate the sealed parts and cause damage. • Do not spray a hot engine with cold water to avoid cracking the engine block or other engine components. • Spray Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser on all parts that require cleaning and pressure rinse clean. In Canada, use Motorcraft Engine Shampoo. WAXING Regular waxing is necessary to protect your car's paint from the elements. We recommend that you wash and wax the painted surface once or twice a year. When washing and waxing, park your vehicle in a shaded area out of direct sunlight. Always wash your vehicle before applying wax. • • • Use a quality wax that does not contain abrasives. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions to apply and remove the wax. Apply a small amount of wax in a back-and-forth motion, not in circles. Note: If your vehicle has an engine cover remove the cover before application of Motorcraft Engine Shampoo and Degreaser. Immediately rinse away any over spray. 264 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Care • • • Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage. Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations. Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine. CLEANING THE INTERIOR WARNING: Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle's seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing. WARNING: On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash. CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshield and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance. For fabric, carpets, cloth seats and seats equipped with side airbags: • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner. • Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner. • If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner. • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately (but do not oversaturate) or the ring will set. • Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials. To clean the windshield and wiper blades: • Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately. • For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water. • Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate. Mirrors Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines. Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products. 265 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Care 2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area. 3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. 4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes. 5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area. 6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth. CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS WARNING: Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system. Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas. • • • • Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection. Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens. Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces. Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages. REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE We recommend that you contact an authorized dealer to identify your vehicle color code. Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to match your vehicle's color. Before repairing minor paint damage, use a cleaner to remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout. Read the instructions before using cleaning products. CLEANING THE WHEELS 1. Regularly clean them with a wheel cleaner. We recommend that you use Ford approved wheel cleaner if available. 2. Remove dirt and brake dust with a sponge. If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces: 1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible. 266 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Care Body 3. Remove tar and grease with a bug and tar remover. We recommend that you use Ford approved bug and tar remover if available. 4. Thoroughly rinse the wheels with water after cleaning. • • If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This reduces the risk of corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings. • • Do not clean the wheels when they are hot. Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing and the underside of front fenders. Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations. Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust. Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle. Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with a light grade oil. Cover interior trim to prevent fading. Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents. Note: Some car washes could damage wheel rims and covers. • Note: Using non-recommended cleaners, harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel cleaners or abrasive materials could damage wheel rims, covers and bolts. • • VEHICLE STORAGE Engine • If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition. • We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions, long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components. • • General • • • Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place. Protect from sunlight, if possible. If vehicles are stored outside, they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage. Fuel system • 267 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Change the engine oil and filter prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminates which may cause engine damage. Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature. With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running. We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again. Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle. Vehicle Care Cooling system Removing Vehicle From Storage • • When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following: • Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build-up on window surfaces. • Check windshield wipers for any deterioration. • Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests. • Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have collected during storage. • Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label. • Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up. • Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels. • If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage. Protect against freezing temperatures. When removing your vehicle from storage, check coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level. Disconnecting Your 12 Volt Battery • • Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean. If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting. Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if you disconnect the battery cables. Brakes • Make sure the brakes and parking brake release fully. Tires • Maintain recommended air pressure. Miscellaneous • • Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues. Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust. Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion. 268 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires *Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1 mi (1.6 km). *Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label, located in the driver's door jam. *Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim. *Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread. *Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle. *Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated. TIRE CARE Glossary of Tire Terminology *Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry. *Tire Identification Number: A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code. *Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire. *Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: For P-metric tires 35 psi (241 kPa) and for Metric tires 36 psi (248 kPa). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure does not increase the tire’s load carrying capability. *Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (290 kPa). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure does not increase the tire’s load carrying capability. *kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure. *PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure. Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall. 269 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Information on P Type Tires C D E F B B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. D. R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. F. 95: Indicates the tire's load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law. G. H: Indicates the tire's speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81–186 mph (130–299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart. Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law. G H A I J M L K E142543 P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.) A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association. 270 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Letter Rating Speed Rating L 75 mph (120 km/h) M 81 mph (130 km/h) N 87 mph (140 km/h) Q 99 mph (159 km/h) R 106 mph (171 km/h) S 112 mph (180 km/h) T 118 mph (190 km/h) U 124 mph (200 km/h) H 130 mph (210 km/h) V 149 mph (240 km/h) W 168 mph (270 km/h) the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or AT: All Terrain, or AS: All Season. J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others. K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades: *Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1½ times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. Y 186 mph (299 km/h) Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph (240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR. H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number: This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent 271 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires *Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire's ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance. *Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B and C, representing the tire's resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. M. Maximum Inflation Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturers' maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer's recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label. The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless. Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. B A D E142544 B LT type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below. A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks. B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire's load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits. 272 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing C Wheels and Tires C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual; defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle). D. Maximum Load Single lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single; defined as two tires (total) on the rear axle. B A C D E Information on T Type Tires T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size. Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire. E142545 T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires; these differences are described below: A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks. B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire. 273 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire's ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall. D. D: Indicates a diagonal type tire. R: Indicates a radial type tire. E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns WARNING: Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat! Inflating Your Tires Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat. Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required. At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company. You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles. 274 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer's maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also change. A 10°F (6°C) temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. To check the pressure in your tire(s): 1. Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile. Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, for example, driven more than 1 mi (1.6 km), never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated. Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive. 2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure. 3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure. Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge. 4. Replace the valve cap. 5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare. 275 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires. For T type mini-spare tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at 60 psi (412 kPa). For full-size and dissimilar spare tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label. 6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak. 7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or bulges. For Example Only Gauge reading of hot tire 33 psi (230 kPa) If recommended, cold inflation pressure is 32 psi (220 kPa) The hot tire pressure is only 1 psi (10 kPa) greater than the recommended cold inflation pressure. Therefore, add 3 psi (20 kPa) more to increase the hot pressure to 4 psi (30 kPa) over the recommended cold inflation pressure. New hot pressure 36 psi (250 kPa) Tire Inflation Information Checking Pressure when tires are hot: WARNING: An inflated tire and rim can be very dangerous if improperly used, serviced or maintained. To reduce the risk of serious injury, never attempt to re-inflate a tire which has been run flat or seriously under-inflated without first removing the tire from the wheel assembly for inspection. Do not attempt to add air to tires or replace tires or wheels without first taking precautions to protect persons and property. If pressures are checked after tires have been driven for more than three minutes or more than 1 mile, (2 km) the tires become hot and the pressures will increase by approximately 4 psi (27.6 kPa). Therefore when the tire pressure is adjusted under these conditions, it should be increased to a gauge reading of 4 psi (27.6 kPa) greater than the recommended cold inflation pressure. All tires with Steel Carcass Plies (if equipped): 276 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires This type of tire utilizes steel cords in the sidewalls. As such, they cannot be treated like normal light truck tires. Tire service, including adjusting tire pressure, must be performed by personnel trained, supervised and equipped according to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations. For example, during any procedure involving tire inflation, the technician or individual must utilize a remote inflation device, and ensure that all persons are clear of the trajectory area. E161437 277 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires 1 E161438 1 Stay out of trajectory wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail. Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive 278 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist: Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage, such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall. If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended. Tire Wear Age WARNING: Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives. E142546 When the tread is worn down to 2/32 inch (1.6 millimeters), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread appears on the tire when the tread is worn down to 2/32 inch (1.6 millimeters). When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced. WARNING: In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently. WARNING: You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used. 279 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number WARNING: Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating, and type as those originally provided for your vehicle. The recommended tire and wheel sizes can be found on the Tire Label on the driver side door frame or the edge of the driver door. If this information is not found in those locations, or for additional options, contact your authorized dealer. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended, could affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall. This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall. WARNING: To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again. Tire Replacement Requirements Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability. 280 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Replacing a Tire That is Greenhouse Gas Certified WARNING: When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire: • • The tires installed on this vehicle at the factory as original equipment are certified for Greenhouse Gas and Fuel Efficiency regulations. Replacement tires must be of equal or lower rolling resistance level (TRRL or Crr). Consult with your tire supplier(s) for appropriate replacement tires. Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly. Use both eye and ear protection. Safety Practices WARNING: If your vehicle is stuck in snow, mud or sand, do not rapidly spin the tires; spinning the tires can tear the tire and cause an explosion. A tire can explode in as little as three to five seconds. WARNING: For a mounting pressure more than 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting. WARNING: Do not spin the wheels at over 34 mph (55 km/h). The tires may fail and injure a passenger or bystander. Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle It is recommended that the two front tires or two rear tires generally be replaced as a pair. HIGH SPEED DRIVING CAN BE DANGEROUS Correct inflation pressure is especially important. However, at high speeds, even with the correct inflation pressure, a road hazard for example is more difficult to avoid and if contact is made, has 281 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires a greater chance of causing tire damage than at a lower speed. Moreover, driving at high speed reduces the reaction time available to avoid accidents and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. If you see any damage to a tire or wheel, replace it with the spare at once and visit a participating Tire Retailer. Exceeding the maximum speeds shown on the following page for each type of tire will cause the tire to build up excessive heat which can cause tire damage that could result in sudden tire destruction and rapid air loss. Failure to control a vehicle when one or more tires experience a sudden air loss can lead to an accident. In any case, you should not exceed reasonable speeds as indicated by the legal limits and driving conditions. allowable loads for the particular application will build up excessive heat that may result in sudden tire destruction. Do not exceed the gross axle weight rating for any axle on your vehicle. DO NOT OVERLOAD: DRIVING ON ANY OVERLOADED TIRE IS DANGEROUS If any tire sustains a puncture, have the tire demounted and thoroughly inspected by a tire retailer for possible damage that may have occurred. A tread area puncture in any passenger or light truck tire can be repaired provided that the puncture hole is not more than 1/4” in diameter, not more than one radial cable per casing ply is damaged, and the tire has not been damaged further by the puncturing object or by running underinflated. Tire punctures consistent with these guidelines should only be repaired by TIRE ALTERATIONS Do not make or allow to be made any alterations on your tires. Alterations may prevent proper performance, leading to tire damage which can result in an accident. Tires which become unserviceable due to alterations such as truing, whitewall inlays, addition of balancing or sealant liquids, or the use of tire dressing containing petroleum distillates are excluded from warranty coverage. REPAIRS - WHEREVER POSSIBLE, SEE YOUR TIRE RETAILER AT ONCE The maximum load rating of your tires is molded on the tire sidewall. Do not exceed this rating. Follow the loading instructions of the manufacturer of your vehicle and this will ensure that your tires are not overloaded. Tires which are loaded beyond their maximum 282 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires following the US Tire Manufacturers Association (USTMA) recommended repair procedures. Plug-only repairs done on-the-wheel are considered improper and therefore, not recommended. Such repairs are not reliable and may cause further damage to the tire. When tires are stored, be sure they are placed away from sources of heat and ozone such as direct sunlight, hot pipes and electric generators. Be sure that surfaces on which tires are stored are clean and free from grease, gasoline or other substances, which could deteriorate the rubber. Failure to store tires in accordance with these instructions could result in damage to your tires or premature aging of the tires and sudden tire failure. STORAGE Tires contain waxes and emollients to protect their outer surfaces from ozone and weather checking. As the tire rolls and flexes, the waxes and emollients continually migrate to the surface, replenishing this protection throughout the normal use of the tire. Consequently, when tires sit unused for long periods of time (a month or more) their surfaces become dry and more susceptible to ozone and weather checking and the casing becomes susceptible to flat spotting. For this reason, tires should always be stored in a cool, dry, clean, indoor environment. If storage is for one month or more, eliminate the weight from the tires by raising the vehicle or by removing the tires from the vehicle. Failure to store tires in accordance with these instructions could result in damage to your tires or premature aging of the tires and sudden tire failure. FOLLOW THESE MOUNTING RECOMMENDATIONS Tire changing can be dangerous and must be done by professionally trained persons using proper tools and procedures as specified by the US Tire Manufacturers Association (USTMA). Single or dual assemblies must be completely deflated before demounting. Your tires should be mounted on wheels of correct size and type and which are in good, clean condition. Wheels that are bent, chipped, rusted (steel wheels) or corroded (alloy wheels) may cause tire damage. The inside of the tire must be free from foreign material. Have your retailer check the wheels before mounting new tires. Mismatched tires and rims can explode during mounting. Also, mismatched tires and rims can result in dangerous tire failure 283 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires on the road. If a tire is mounted by error on the wrong-sized rim, do not remount it on the proper rim scrap it. It may have been damaged internally (which is not externally visible) by having been dangerously stretched and could fail on the highway. Old valves may leak. When new tubeless tires are mounted, have new valves of the correct type installed. Tubeless tires must only be mounted on wheels designed for tubeless tires i.e., wheels which have safety humps or ledges. It is recommended that you have your tires and wheels balanced. Tires and wheels, which are not balanced, may cause steering difficulties, a bumpy ride, and irregular tire wear. Be sure that all your valves have suitable valve caps. The valve cap is the primary seal against air loss. REMEMBER... TO AVOID DAMAGE TO YOUR TIRES AND POSSIBLE ACCIDENT: • • • • • • • • TEMPORARY SPARE TIRES When using any temporary spare tire, be sure to follow the vehicle manufacturer’s instructions. Driving habits have a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety. • • 284 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing CHECK TIRE PRESSURE AT LEAST ONCE EACH MONTH WHEN TIRES ARE COLD AND BEFORE LONG TRIPS. DO NOT UNDERINFLATE/OVERINFLATE. DO NOT OVERLOAD. DRIVE AT MODERATE SPEEDS, OBSERVE LEGAL LIMITS. AVOID DRIVING OVER POTHOLES, OBSTACLES, CURBS OR EDGES OF PAVEMENT. AVOID EXCESSIVE WHEEL SPINNING. IF YOU SEE ANY DAMAGE TO A TIRE, REPLACE WITH THE SPARE AND VISIT ANY AUTHORIZED RETAILER AT ONCE. IF YOU HAVE ANY QUESTIONS, CONTACT YOUR AUTHORIZED RETAILER. Observe posted speed limits Avoid fast starts, stops and turns Wheels and Tires • • Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against a curb when parking Tire and Wheel Alignment A bad jolt from hitting a curb or pothole can cause the front end of your vehicle to become misaligned or cause damage to your tires. If your vehicle seems to pull to one side when you’re driving, the wheels may be out of alignment. Have an authorized dealer check the wheel alignment periodically. Wheel misalignment in the front or the rear can cause uneven and rapid treadwear of your tires and should be corrected by an authorized dealer. Front-wheel drive vehicles and those with an independent rear suspension may require alignment of all four wheels. The tires should also be balanced periodically. An unbalanced tire and wheel assembly may result in irregular tire wear. Highway Hazards No matter how carefully you drive there’s always the possibility that you may eventually have a flat tire on the highway. Drive slowly to the closest safe area out of traffic. This may further damage the flat tire, but your safety is more important. If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance when driving, or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged, immediately reduce your speed. Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road. Stop and inspect the tires for damage. If a tire is under-inflated or damaged, deflate it, remove wheel and replace it with your spare tire and wheel. If you cannot detect a cause, have the vehicle towed to the nearest repair facility or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected. Tire Rotation Note: If your tires show uneven wear ask an authorized dealer to check for and correct any wheel misalignment, tire imbalance or mechanical problem involved before tire rotation. 285 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Note: Your vehicle may be equipped with a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly. A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size or appearance from the road tires and wheels. If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly it is intended for temporary use only and should not be used in a tire rotation. Rotating your tires at the recommended interval helps your tires wear more evenly, providing better tire performance and longer tire life. E161439 Dual rear wheel vehicles (six tire rotation) Note: For vehicles with directional tires marked by an arrow on the tire sidewall, tire rotation is not recommended. If your vehicle is equipped with dual rear wheels it is recommended that the front and rear tires (in pairs) be rotated only side to side. We do not recommend splitting up the dual rear wheels. Rotate them side to side as a set. After tire rotation, inflation pressures must be adjusted for the tires new positions in accordance with vehicle requirements. E142548 Rear-wheel drive vehicles 286 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires Sometimes irregular tire wear can be corrected by rotating the tires. • USING SNOW CHAINS • WARNING: Wheels and tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally fitted on the vehicle. Use of any other tire or wheel can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the recommended tire inflation pressures found on the Safety Compliance Certification label, or the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow this instruction could result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, or personal injury or death. Please contact your upfitter for approved snow chain types/sizes and other recommendations for snow chain use. CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL If you get a flat tire while driving, do not apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road. Tire Change Procedure WARNING: To help prevent your vehicle from moving when changing a wheel, shift the transmission into park (P), set the parking brake and use an appropriate block or wheel chock to secure the wheel diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed. For example, when changing the front left wheel, place an appropriate block or wheel chock on the right rear wheel. The tires on your vehicle have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. However, in some climates, you may need to use snow tires and cables. If you need to use cables, it is recommended that steel wheels (of the same size and specifications) be used, as cables may chip aluminum wheels. Note: The suspension insulation and bumpers help prevent vehicle damage. Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains. WARNING: Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack. Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains: • • WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle. Install chains securely, verifying that the chains do not touch any wiring, brake lines or fuel lines. WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and the ground. 287 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Drive cautiously. If you hear the chains rub or bang against your vehicle, stop and retighten the chains. If this does not work, remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle. Remove the snow chains when they are no longer needed. Do not use snow chains on dry roads. Wheels and Tires 3. Replace the flat tire with the spare tire, making sure the valve stem is facing outward on all front and inboard rear wheels. If you are replacing the outboard wheel, the valve stem must be facing inward. Reinstall the lug nuts until the wheel is snug against the hub. Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered. 4. Lower the wheel and fully tighten the lug nuts in the order shown below. See Technical Specifications (page 289). 5. Unblock the wheels. 1 WARNING: Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to not obstruct the flow of traffic and avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel. Note: Passengers should not remain in the vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked. Park on a level surface, set the parking brake and activate the hazard flashers. 6 7 4 3 5 8 E161441 2 E142551 8-lug nut torque sequence. 1. Turn the engine off and block the wheel that is diagonally opposite of the flat tire using a wheel chock. 2. Loosen each wheel lug nut ½ turn counterclockwise, but do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground. 10 1 3 8 5 6 7 E169375 4 2 9 10-lug nut torque sequence. 288 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications WARNING: When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death. 1 Bolt size lb.ft (Nm) M22 x 1.5 450–500 lb.ft (610–678 Nm) 1 Torque specifications are for nut and bolt threads free of dirt and rust. Use only Ford recommended replacement fasteners. On vehicles equipped with single rear wheels, retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 mi (160 km) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal). On vehicles equipped with dual rear wheels, retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 mi (160 km) and again at 500 mi (800 km) of new vehicle operation and after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal). It is important to follow the proper wheel mounting and lug nut torque procedures. E161443 On all two-piece flat wheel nuts, apply one drop of motor oil between the flat washer and the nut. Do not apply motor oil to the wheel nut threads or the wheel stud threads. 289 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Wheels and Tires E145950 A Hub pilot bore Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation. Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles. 290 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 6.7L DIESEL Engine 6.7L V8 Diesel Engine Displacement. 406 in³ (6,651 cm³) Required fuel. Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel up to B20 Firing order. 1-3-7-2-6-5-4-8 Compression ratio. 15.2:1 Single Alternator With Air Brake Compressor Drivebelt Routing Single Alternator E224825 E224819 291 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A Drivebelt closest to the engine. B Drivebelt furthest from the engine. Capacities and Specifications Dual Alternator Dual Alternator With Air Brake Compressor E224826 E224820 A Drivebelt closest to the engine. B Drivebelt furthest from the engine. Note: The belt routings show vehicles with air conditioning. When vehicles do not have air conditioning, an idler pulley is in place of the A/C compressor. ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS - 7.3L Engine 7.3L V8 Engine Displacement. 445 in³ (7,293 cm³) Required fuel. Minimum 87 octane Firing order. 1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2 Ignition system. Coil near spark plug with spark plug wire Spark plug gap. 0.049 in (1.25 mm) - 0.053 in (1.35 mm) Compression ratio. 10.5:1 292 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Drivebelt Routing Dual Alternator Single Alternator E388772 E388771 A Drivebelt closest to the engine. B Drivebelt furthest from the engine. A Drivebelt closest to the engine. B Drivebelt furthest from the engine. MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 6.7L DIESEL Component Part Number FL-2124-S 1 Engine oil filter. Foam pre-filter. FA-1909 Air filter. FA-2061 Fuel filter kit (2 included - engine and frame rail mounted). FD-4637 Transmission filter. FT-221 Two batteries (standard)(1500 CCA). BH-31-XL 293 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Component Part Number Three batteries (optional)(2700 CCA). BH-31-XT Windshield wiper blade. WW-2248-A 1 If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets WSS-M99P55-D1 Performance Specification We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at www.fordparts.com. We engineer the parts for your vehicle to meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of other parts. 294 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications MOTORCRAFT PARTS - 7.3L Component Motorcraft Part Number Air filter element. FA-2061 One battery (standard)(900 CCA). BH-31-XT Two batteries (optional)(except for Limited Series)(1800 CCA total). BH-31-XT Three batteries (optional)(2700 CCA). BH-31-XT FL-820-S 1 Engine oil filter. Spark plug. SP-589 Transmission fluid filter. FT-187 Windshield wiper blade. WW-2248-A 1 If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that aligns to SAE/USCAR – 36 Performance Specifications. Filter Type D We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at www.fordparts.com. We engineer these parts for your vehicle and to meet or exceed our specifications. Use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions and durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to use of other parts. 295 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications North America and an “E” for Europe to ensure lamp performance, light brightness and pattern and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time. BULB SPECIFICATION CHART Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for Function Number of Bulbs Trade name Headlamps 2 H13/9008 Side marker lamp - front 2 W5W Park/Turn lamp- front 2 3157NA Tail/stop/turn/side marker 2 3157 Reverse 2 3157 License plate lamp 1 3157 High-mount brake lamp 1 912 Map lamp 2 12V6W Dome/reading lamps 3 578 Interior visor lamp 2 2825 Mirror turn signal 2 2825 Mirror clearance lamp 2 2825 Front clearance lamps and front identification lamps 5 194 Note: To replace instrument panel lights, see an authorized dealer. If you do not use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Increased emission levels. • Reduced vehicle performance. • Reduced fuel economy. ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 6.7L DIESEL Use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. 296 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Engine Oil We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft motor oil is not available, use motor oil of the recommended viscosity grade that meets our specification WSS-M2C171-F1. You can find the list of approved motor oils at www.motorcraft.com. Do not use engine oil additives as they could lead to engine damage not covered by your vehicle warranty. The use of correct oil viscosities for diesel engines is important for satisfactory operation. Determine which oil viscosity best suits the temperature range you expect to encounter for the next service interval from the SAE Viscosity Grades chart. Note: An engine block heater is recommended at temperatures below –10°F (–23°C). E327351 297 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Capacities Variant Including the Oil Filter All. 17.0 qt (16.1 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 10W-30 Super Duty Diesel Motor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® Super Duty Motor Oil SAE 10W-30 / Huile moteur Super Duty SAE 10W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada) XO-10W30-QSDF(U.S.) CXO-10W30-LSD12(Canada) WSS-M2C171-F1 Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold Climates To improve engine cold start performance, we recommend that you use the following alternative engine oil in extremely cold climates, where the ambient temperature reaches -22.0°F (-30°C) or below. Materials Name Specification Engine Oil - SAE 0W-40 WSS-M2C171-F1 Alternative Engine Oil for Biodiesel Fuel Blends (B20 Max) 298 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 5W-40 Full Synthetic Diesel Motor Oil(U.S.) (Canada) XO-5W40-5Q3SD(U.S.) WSS-M2C171-F1 Motorcraft® SAE 15W-40 Super Duty Diesel Motor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® Super Duty Motor Oil SAE 15W-40 / Huile moteur Super Duty SAE 15W-40 Motorcraft®(Canada) XO-15W40-QSDF(U.S.) CXO-15W40-LSD12(Canada) WSS-M2C171-F1 Alternative Engine Oil for Severe Duty Service Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 5W-40 Full Synthetic Diesel Motor Oil(U.S.) (Canada) XO-5W40-5Q3SD(U.S.) WSS-M2C171-F1 ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 7.3L Use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. If you do not use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Increased emission levels. • Reduced vehicle performance. • Reduced fuel economy. E142732 An oil that displays this symbol conforms to current engine, emission system and fuel economy performance standards of ILSAC. 299 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines. Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. Capacities Variant Including the Oil Filter All. 8.0 qt (7.57 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil / Huile moteur de très haute qualité SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada) XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.) CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada) WSS-M2C961-A1 Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold Climates To improve engine cold start performance, we recommend that you use the following alternative engine oil in extremely cold climates, where the ambient temperature reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below. Materials Name Specification Engine Oil - SAE 0W-30 - Synthetic Blend 300 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing WSS-M2C963-A1 Capacities and Specifications E240523 Note: If you use your vehicle regularly above the altitude of 7,500 ft (2,286 m) and under the temperature of -4.0°F (-20°C), it is recommended to use the alternative engine oil. If you do not use coolant that meets the defined specification, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Reduced vehicle performance. COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 6.7L DIESEL Note: We recommend an engine block heater at temperatures below –10°F (–23°C). Use coolant that meets the defined specification. Capacities Variant Quantity Primary cooling system. 36.4 qt (34.42 L) Secondary cooling system. 15.5 qt (14.64 L) 301 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/ Coolant(U.S.) Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada) VC-13DL-G(U.S.) CVC-13DL-G(Canada) WSS-M97B57-A2 If you do not use coolant that meets the defined specification, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Reduced vehicle performance. COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 7.3L Use coolant that meets the defined specification. Capacities Variant Quantity All. 23.4 qt (22.13 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/ Coolant(U.S.) Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant / Antigel/liquide de refroidissement prédilué jaune Motorcraft®(Canada) VC-13DL-G(U.S.) CVC-13DL-G(Canada) WSS-M97B57-A2 302 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications FUEL TANK CAPACITY - DIESEL Capacities Variant Quantity Small. 50 gal (189.2 L) Medium. 55 gal (208.2 L) Large. 65 gal (246 L) With dual tanks - Driver side tank. 65 gal (246 L) With dual tanks - Passenger side tank. 50 gal (189.2 L) 303 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications FUEL TANK CAPACITY - GASOLINE Capacities Variant Quantity Small. 50 gal (189.2 L) Large. 60 gal (227.1 L) 304 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 6.7L DIESEL the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications. If you do not use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. WARNING: The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening Capacities Variant All. Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil 26.49 oz (0.751 kg) 3.38 fl oz (100 ml) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant(U.S.) R-134a Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-134a(Canada) YN-19(U.S.) CYN-19-RB(Canada) WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil / Huile PAG pour compresseur frigorifique Motorcraft®(Canada) YN-12-D(U.S. & Canada) WSH-M1C231-B 305 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - 7.3L the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury. Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications. If you do not use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. WARNING: The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening Capacities Variant All. Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil 26.46 oz (0.75 kg) 4.06 fl oz (120 ml) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant(U.S.) R-134a Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-134a(Canada) YN-19(U.S.) CYN-19-RB(Canada) WSH-M17B19-A Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil / Huile PAG pour compresseur frigorifique Motorcraft®(Canada) YN-12-D(U.S. & Canada) WSH-M1C231-B WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION Capacities Variant Quantity All. Fill as required. 306 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant(U.S.) Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motorcraft®(Canada) ZC-32-B2(U.S.) CXC-37-F/M(Canada) WSS-M14P19-A DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION Capacities Variant Quantity All. 8.0 gal (30.2 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® Diesel Exhaust Fluid(U.S.) Motorcraft® Diesel Exhaust Fluid / Fluide pour échappement diesel Motorcraft®(Canada) PM-27-GAL,PM-27-JUG(U.S.) CPM-27-JA(Canada) WSS-M99C130-A If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. • Reduced fuel economy. AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - DIESEL Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. Note: Only use MERCON LV transmission fluid for automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid could cause transmission damage. 307 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Capacities Variant Quantity Six-speed automatic transmission (6R140). 1 Approximate 16.3 qt (15.4 L) 1 dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes. Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.) Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada) XT-10-QLVC(U.S.) CXT-10-LV6(Canada) WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV, AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - GASOLINE If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. Use fluid that meets the defined specification. Ten-Speed Automatic Transmission Note: Only use MERCON ULV transmission fluid for automatic transmissions that require MERCON ULV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid could cause transmission damage. Capacities Variant Quantity All. 1 Approximate 18.2 qt (17.2 L) 1 dry fill capacity. Actual amount could vary during fluid changes. 308 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.) Motorcraft® MERCON® ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid / MERCON® ULV huile pour boîtes automatique Motorcraft®(Canada) XT-12-QULV(U.S. & Canada) WSS-M2C949-A, MERCON® ULV If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced brake performance. BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. Note: Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials could result in brake system damage and failure. Capacities Variant Quantity All. Fill as required. Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® DOT 5.1 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.) Motorcraft® DOT 5.1 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile DOT 5.1 Motorcraft®(Canada) PM-21(U.S. & Canada) WSS-M6C65-A3 If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. REAR AXLE FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION - DIESEL Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. 309 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications Capacities Variant Quantity S-140 (13.5K, 17.5K, 19K single-speed). 9.5 qt (9 L) 21060S (21K single-speed). 11.2 qt (10.6 L) 21065T/P (21K two-speed). 17.5 qt (16.6 L) S23-172 (23K single-speed). 14.3 qt (13.5 L) S26-190 (26K single-speed). 18.5 qt (17.5 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.) Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant pour essieux de très haute qualité SAE 80W-90 Motorcraft®(Canada) XY-80W90-QL(U.S.) CXY-80W90-1L(Canada) WSP-M2C197-A Alternative Rear Axle Fluid for Severe Duty Service Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.) Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada) XY-75W140-QL(U.S.) CXY-75W140-1L(Canada) WSL-M2C192-A 310 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Reduced vehicle performance. REAR AXLE FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION GASOLINE Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. Capacities Variant Quantity S-140 (13.5K, 17.5K, 19K single-speed). 9.5 qt (9 L) 21060S (21K single-speed). 11.2 qt (10.6 L) 21065T/P (21K two-speed). 17.5 qt (16.6 L) S23-172 (23K single-speed). 14.3 qt (13.5 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.) Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant pour essieux de très haute qualité SAE 80W-90 Motorcraft®(Canada) XY-80W90-QL(U.S.) CXY-80W90-1L(Canada) WSP-M2C197-A Alternative Rear Axle Fluid for Severe Duty Service Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.) Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada) XY-75W140-QL(U.S.) CXY-75W140-1L(Canada) WSL-M2C192-A 311 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Capacities and Specifications If you do not use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in: • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover. • Longer engine cranking periods. • Increased emission levels. • Reduced engine performance. • Reduced fuel economy. • Reduced brake performance. HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION Use oil and fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade. Capacities Variant Quantity With air brakes. 5.2 qt (4.9 L) With hydraulic brakes. 6.1 qt (5.8 L) Materials Name Specification Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.) Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada) XT-10-QLVC(U.S.) CXT-10-LV6(Canada) WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV, 312 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Vehicle Identification VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATING THE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER The vehicle identification number is on the left-hand side of the instrument panel. E142477 E311767 Note: In the illustration, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number. VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OVERVIEW The vehicle identification number contains the following information: 313 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing A World manufacturer identifier. B Brake system, gross vehicle weight rating, restraint devices and their locations. C Make, vehicle line, series, body type. D Engine or motor type. E Check digit. F Model year. G Assembly plant. H Production sequence number. Connected Vehicle (If Equipped) CONNECTING FORDPASS TO THE MODEM CONNECTED VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS 1. Connected service and related feature functionality requires a compatible vehicle network. 2. Some remote features require additional service activation. Log in to your Ford account for details. Some restrictions, third party terms and message or data rates may apply. 3. 4. 5. CONNECTED VEHICLE LIMITATIONS 6. Evolving technology, cellular networks, or regulations could affect functionality and availability, or continued provision of some features. These changes could even stop some features from functioning. CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING CONNECTED VEHICLE – FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A MOBILE NETWORK Why can I not confirm the connection of my FordPass account to the modem? WHAT IS THE MODEM The modem allows access to a range of features built into your vehicle. • • ENABLING AND DISABLING THE MODEM 1. 2. 3. 4. Press Settings. Press FordPass Connect. Press Connectivity Settings. Switch connectivity features on or off. 314 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Make sure that the modem is enabled using the vehicle settings menu. Open the FordPass app on your device and log in. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle if already added. Select the option to activate your vehicle. Make sure that the name on the screen matches the name shown in your FordPass account. Confirm that FordPass account is connected to the modem. The modem is not enabled. Switch vehicle connectivity on. The network signal is weak. Move your vehicle closer to a place where the network signal is not obstructed. Audio System (If Equipped) GENERAL INFORMATION hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors Note: Listening to loud audio for long periods of time could damage your hearing. Radio Reception Factors Distance and strength The further you travel from a FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception. Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception. Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting. AUDIO UNIT WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. E305609 Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here. Note: Some features, such as satellite radio, may not be available in your location. Check with an authorized dealer. 315 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Audio System (If Equipped) Accessing the Sound Settings Note: You can change between auto or manual tuning with the rotary control using the system settings. Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can also E280315 activate and set the sensitivity of the adaptive or speed compensated volume. Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons. Note: You can recall radio stations using the numeric preset buttons. Accessing the System Settings Pausing or Playing Media Press the button. In media mode, press and release the button to pause playback. Press the button again to resume playback. Adjusting the Volume In radio mode, press the button to mute the signal. Press the button again to restore the signal. Returning to the Previous Screen Press and release the button. E281480 Scrolling Through the Menu Options E260697 Turn to adjust the volume. Changing Radio Stations A E260782 B Selecting Media Press the button to select media mode. E260687 E100027 A Auto or Manual tuning. B Station name tuning. Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the right-hand rotary control to scroll through the available media sources. 316 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Audio System (If Equipped) Selecting a Menu Option Switching the Audio Unit On and Off E260781 E260686 Selecting the Radio Press and release the button. Press the button to select radio mode. Using a Cell Phone Press the button to either answer an incoming phone call or to make a phone call. Press the button again to display the available radio sources. Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the right-hand rotary control to scroll through the available radio sources. Press and hold the button to end a phone call. E265040 Setting a Memory Preset Using Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse Tune to a station then press and hold one of the numbered memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and returns once the station is stored. Press and release the button to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Press and release the button to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to rewind. In radio mode, select a frequency band and press and release either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction. 317 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Audio System (If Equipped) In satellite radio mode, press and release to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If you select a specific category, such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the next or previous station in the category you select. Press the button once to return to the beginning of the track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. Note: Not all functions are supported by all phones. CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH® DEVICE PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB DEVICE Pairing a Device Press the button. Supported Audio File Formats You can play audio file formats including MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC. E142607 Select Bluetooth® and follow the instructions on the screen. Note: The NTFS file system is not supported. Note: When pairing a new device, you can choose to download contacts, set this as the primary device and enable Emergency Assistance. Selecting the USB Device Press the button to display the menu. STREAMING BLUETOOTH AUDIO E100027 Repeatedly press the button to scroll to your USB device. Selecting a Bluetooth® Source Press the OK button. Playing from the USB Device E100027 Press the button to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track. 1. Press the button to display the menu. 2. Repeatedly press the button to scroll to the Bluetooth® device. 3. Press the OK button. Press the button to play the track. Press the button again to pause the track. Press the button to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Press the button once to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks. Press the button to skip to the next track. Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track. Press and hold the button to fast rewind. 318 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Audio System (If Equipped) Sorting by Categories The auxiliary input jack allows you to connect and play music from your portable music player through your vehicle speakers. You can use any portable music player designed for use with headphones. Your audio extension cable must have male connectors at each end. You can also sort and play music by specific categories, for example artist or album. Press the OK button to view the available categories. 1. AUDIO INPUT JACK (IF EQUIPPED) 2. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. WARNING: Always place your device in a secure location in your vehicle so it does not become a projectile in a sudden stop or crash. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury. Make sure your vehicle is stationary with the audio unit and the portable music player switched off. Plug the extension cable from the device into the audio input jack. Switch on the radio and select either a tuned FM station or a CD. Adjust the volume as desired. Switch on your device and adjust the volume to half the maximum level. Press AUX until LINE or LINE IN appears in the display. You should hear music from your device even if it is low. Adjust the volume on your device until it reaches the volume level of the FM station or CD. Do this by switching back and forth between the AUX and FM or CD controls. Use the vehicle audio unit buttons to restore playback from the vehicle audio unit, while your device remains connected. Note: The audio extension cable must be long enough for you to safely store the device when your vehicle is moving. Note: For optimum performance when using any auxiliary device set the volume on the device high. This reduces audio interference when charging the device using the vehicle power supply. Note: For safety reasons, do not connect or adjust the settings on your device while your vehicle is moving. E191758 319 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Audio System (If Equipped) Press and hold the voice control button on the audio unit. USB PORT E142599 Note: This only works when connected via Bluetooth. See Connecting a Bluetooth® Device (page 318). WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Note: When using voice recognition use the language set on the device. Note: We recommend that you check your data plan before using your phone voice service through the system. Using them could result in additional charges. E201595 The USB port allows you to plug in media playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices. Note: Not all USB ports in your vehicle have data transfer capabilities. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 96). USING VOICE RECOGNITION Phone Voice Service This system allows you to use the voice recognition features of your phone and focus on your driving. 320 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Accessories AUXILIARY SWITCHES (IF EQUIPPED) For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle: • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information. • The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations, and should be installed by an authorized dealer. • An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems. Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use. • If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle. E163431 The auxiliary switch option package provides four switches, mounted in the center of the instrument panel. These switches operate when the ignition is on or from battery power, depending on the switchable power distribution box fuse locations #82 and #83. We recommend, however, that the engine remain running to maintain battery charge when using the auxiliary switches for extended periods of time or higher current draws. Note: When your vehicle has a diesel engine, use the auxiliary switches only while the engine is running. The glow plugs also drain battery power when the ignition key is in the on position. Using the auxiliary switches, even for limited amounts of time, can cause your battery to drain quickly and prevent your vehicle from restarting. When switched on, the auxiliary switches provide 20 amps or 40 amps of electrical battery power for a variety of personal or commercial uses. The relays for the auxiliary switches are in the power distribution box under the hood by the right-hand fender. See your authorized dealer for service. Each switch includes a power lead, a blunt-cut and sealed wire below the instrument panel and to the left of the steering column in the driver footwell area. The power leads are coded as shown: 321 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Accessories Switch Circuit Number Wire Color Fuse Amp Rating AUX 1 CAC05 Yellow 40A AUX 2 CAC06 Green with Brown Trace 40A AUX 3 CAC07 Violet with Green Trace 20A AUX 4 CAC08 Brown 20A Learn more about auxiliary switches by visiting: Web Address www.fleet.ford.com/truckbbas/ Upfitter Interface Module (If Equipped) The Upfitter Interface Module (UIM) is an electronic control module that operates equipment, such as lift buckets, cranes, motors, salt spreaders and snow plows, with external relays. If you replace the module, it will require additional programming by the upfitter. Obtain this data directly from the upfitter company. The upfitter contact information is in the vehicle door opening. For more information on the Upfitter Interface Module and the auxiliary switches, contact your upfitter. 322 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Ford Protect PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN. That means you get: • Reliable, quality service at any Ford or Lincoln dealership. • Repairs performed by factory trained technicians, using genuine parts. Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S. Only) Rental Car Reimbursement Ford Protect extended service plan means peace of mind. It is the extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company, and provides more protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford Protect extended service plans! 1st day Rental Benefit If you bring your car into your dealer for service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for the day. Extended Rental Benefits Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs, you are eligible for rental car coverage, including warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions. One trip to the Service Center could easily exceed the price of your Ford Protect extended service plan. With Ford Protect extended service plan you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs. Roadside Assistance Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including: Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Components • There are four mechanical Ford Protect extended service plans with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details. • • 1. • PremiumCARE - Our most comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan is so complete it is probably easier to list what is not covered. 2. ExtraCARE - Covers 113 components, and includes many high-tech items. 3. BaseCARE - Covers 84 components. Transferable Coverage If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Protect extended service plan coverage expires, you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner. Which should give you and your potential buyer a little more peace of mind. 4. PowertrainCARE - Covers 29 critical components. Ford Protect extended service plans are honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S., Canada and Mexico. 323 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts. Out of fuel and lock-out assistance. Travel expense reimbursement for lodging, meals and rental car. Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car coverage or other transportation. Ford Protect Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle Ford Protect Extended Service Plan (CANADA ONLY) Ford Protect extended service plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance, and selected wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so you never have to worry about the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance. You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect extended service plan. Ford Protect extended service plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford Protect extended service plan provides benefits such as: Covered maintenance includes: • Windshield wiper blades. • Spark plugs. • The clutch disc (if equipped). • Brake pads and linings. • Shock absorbers. • Struts. • Engine belts. • Engine coolant hoses, clamps and O-rings. • Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if equipped). • Cabin air filter replacement every 20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric vehicles only). • • • • There are several Ford Protect extended service plans available in various time, distance and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, including reimbursement for towing and rental. When you purchase Ford Protect extended service plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Canada, the United States and Mexico, provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers. Interest Free Finance Options Just a 5% down payment will provide you with an affordable, no interest, no fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford Protect extended service plan has to offer while paying over time. You are pre-approved with no credit check or hassles. To learn more, call our Ford Protect extended service plan specialists at 800-367-3377. Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Protect extended service plan coverage. This information is subject to change. For more information; visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the Ford Protect extended service plan that is right for you. Ford Protect Extended Service Plan P.O. Box 321067 Detroit, MI 48232 324 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Rental reimbursement. Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items. Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires. Roadside Assistance benefits. Scheduled Maintenance Genuine Ford and Motorcraft Replacement Parts GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION Dealerships stock Ford, Motorcraft and Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or exceed our specifications. Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 12-month or 12,500 mi (20,000 km) parts and labor limited warranty. Why Maintain Your Vehicle? Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle. If you do not use Ford authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect emissions compliance. We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep your cost of owning your vehicle down. Convenience Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, from general maintenance to collision repairs. It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner's manual. See Engine Specifications (page 291). Note: Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops. Please contact your dealer for details. Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance. Protecting Your Investment Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability and resale value. To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals. Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership? Factory-trained Technicians Service technicians participate in extensive factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle. Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received. Your vehicle is equipped with the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor system, which displays a message in the instrument cluster display at the proper oil change interval. This interval may be up to one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) for gas engines and up to one year or 15,000 mi (24,000 km) for diesel engines. 325 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Your vehicle can be driven in such a way that dilutes and increases the level of oil by short trips that do not allow the engine to get to operating temperature, extended idling, and low speed driving for long periods of time. We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle. Additives and Chemicals A message appears in the instrument cluster display when it is time for an oil change. Make sure you perform the oil change within two weeks or 500 mi (800 km) of the message appearing. Make sure you reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each oil change. See Instrument Cluster (page 64). This owner's manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult your warranty information. If your instrument cluster display resets prematurely or becomes inoperative, you should perform the oil change interval at six months or 5,000 mi (8,000 km) from your last oil change. Never exceed one year or 10,000 mi (16,000 km) between oil change intervals for gas engines. Oils, Fluids and Flushing In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and, by itself, does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, a qualified expert, such as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately. Never exceed one year or 15,000 mi (24,000 km) between oil change intervals for diesel engines. Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple, complex, performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features. That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle. Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled maintenance. It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford-approved flushing chemical. Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based upon engineering testing. Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information. 326 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Services Cam Brakes - Automatic Slack Adjusters Maintenance service adjustments must conform to specifications contained in this manual, and those shown on the Important Engine Information decal. Perform the following services at scheduled intervals because they essential to the life and performance of your vehicle. Ford recommends that you perform maintenance on all designated items to achieve best vehicle operation. WARNING: Do not manually adjust the automatic slack adjusters to correct excessive push rod stroke as it may result in reduced brake effectiveness and a vehicle crash. Excessive push rod stroke indicates that a problem exists with the automatic adjuster, with the installation of the adjuster, or with foundation brake components that manual adjustment does not remedy. Seek service from a qualified facility for excessive push rod stroke. There are three types of maintenance intervals for general vehicle environments: On-Highway, City and Severe Service. In all applications, monitoring miles (kilometers) and time and when the engine is due for an oil change determine the actual interval. When the engine oil change is required before the truck lubrication interval, perform the lubrication at the same time in order to reduce your vehicle’s time out of service. Inspect standard air brakes equipped with automatic slack adjusters for proper brake adjustment as listed in the maintenance schedule charts. However, inspect the brakes more frequently when subjecting them to heavy use or adverse operating conditions such as: • Frequent brake applications while fully loaded. • Operation on hilly or mountainous terrain. • Frequent operation on dirt, gravel or mud. Air Brake Adjustment WARNING: Failure to maintain proper air brake adjustment can result in reduction or loss of braking ability. A qualified service technician, keeping to the instructions in the service manual, should perform air brake inspection and adjustment or repairs. Some aftermarket brake linings also require more frequent inspections. Owner Checks and Services Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six-month intervals. 327 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Check Every Month 1 Air filter restriction gauge. Engine oil level. 1 Fuel and water separator. Drain if necessary, or if indicated by the information display. Function of all interior and exterior lights. Holes and slots in the tail pipe to make sure they are functional and clear of debris. Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure. Windshield washer fluid level. 1 Diesel engine only. Check Every Six Months Battery connections. Clean if necessary. Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary. Cooling system fluid level and coolant concentration (freeze-point protection). Door weatherstrips for wear. Lubricate if necessary. Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary. Parking brake for proper operation. Air brake adjustment. 1 Seatbelts and seat latches for wear and function. Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and seatbelt) for operation. Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary. 1 Diesel engine only. 328 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing 1 Scheduled Maintenance Tightening Lug Nuts 1 Single rear wheels Tighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 500 mi (800 km) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire or wheel removal). Dual rear wheels Tighten the wheel lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 mi (160 km), and again at 500 mi (800 km) of new vehicle operation and after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire or wheel removal). 1 1 See Technical Specifications (page 289). Multi-point Inspection In order to keep your vehicle running right, it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great. Multi-point Inspection Accessory drive belt(s) Horn operation Battery performance Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hoses Engine air filter Suspension component for leaks or damage Exhaust system Steering and linkage Exterior lamps operation Tires (including spare) for wear and proper 2 pressure Windshield for cracks, chips or pits 1 Fluid levels ; fill if necessary 329 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Multi-point Inspection For oil and fluid leaks Washer spray and wiper operation Hood rest for lubrication Hazard warning system operation 1 Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission, power steering and window washer. 2 If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed. This means you do not have to remember to change the oil on a mileage-based schedule. Your vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by displaying a message in the instrument cluster display. Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi-point vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle. The following table provides examples of vehicle use and its impact on oil change intervals. It is a guideline only. Actual oil change intervals depend on several factors and generally decrease with severity of use. NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor™ Your vehicle has an Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor that determines when you should change the engine oil based on how you use your vehicle. By using several important factors in its calculations, the monitor helps reduce the cost of owning your vehicle and reduces environmental waste at the same time. When to Expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message Interval Vehicle Use and Example Normal 7,500–10,000 mi (12,000–16,000 km) 5,000–7,500 mi (8,000–12,000 km) Normal commuting with highway driving No, or moderate, load or towing Flat to moderately hilly roads No extended idling Severe Moderate to heavy load or towing 330 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance When to Expect the OIL CHANGE REQUIRED Message Interval Vehicle Use and Example Mountainous or off-road conditions Extended idling Extended hot or cold operation Extreme 3,000–5,000 mi (4,800–8,000 km) Maximum load or towing Extreme hot or cold operation Use of high sulfur diesel fuel Note: Use the appropriate special operating condition for maintenance information when using high sulfur diesel fuels, operating your vehicle off-road or in dusty conditions, such as unpaved roads. Normal Maintenance Intervals Note: Do not exceed the mileage or time intervals. Gasoline Engines 7,500 mi (12,000 km) or Six Months Whichever Comes First Rotate the tires, inspect tire wear and measure the tread depth. 1 Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended. Inspect front oil hubs for leaks and check fluid level through hub cap sight glass. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. 10,000 mi (16,000 km)/700 Engine Hours or 12 Months Whichever Comes First Change the engine oil and filter. 331 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance 15,000 mi (24,000 km) or 12 Months Whichever Comes First Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult an authorized dealer for requirements. Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and the parking brake. Inspect the engine cooling system concentration, freeze-point protection, coolant level and hoses. Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields. Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tie-rod ends, driveshaft and the Ujoints. Lubricate any components that have grease fittings. 1 Brake Fluid Maintenance Every 3 Years 2 Change the brake fluid. 1 Perform this maintenance item every 3 years. Do not exceed the designated time for the interval. 2 Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer. Other Maintenance Items Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km) Replace the engine air filter. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) Replace the front wheel bearing grease and grease seal if you have non-sealed bearings. Every 97,000 mi (156,000 km) Replace the spark plugs. Every 105,000 mi (168,000 km) Replace the spark plug wires. Change the rear axle fluid. See Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance (page 335). 1 Inspect the accessory drive belt or belts. Every 150,000 mi (240,000 km) Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter. Consult an authorized dealer for requirements. Replace the accessory drive belt or belts if not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km). 332 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Other Maintenance Items Replace the front wheel bearings and seals if you have non-sealed bearings. Every 200,000 mi (320,000 km) 2 Change the engine coolant. 1 If not replaced, inspect every 15,000 mi (24,000 km). replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every five years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km). 2 Initial Diesel Engine Note: Do not exceed the mileage or time intervals. 1 At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display 2 Change the engine oil and filter. Drain the fuel filter water trap. Refill the diesel exhaust fluid tank. Rotate the tires, inspect the tires for wear and measure the tread depth. 3 Perform a multi-point inspection, recommended. Inspect the air filter restriction gauge. Replace the filter if necessary. Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult an authorized dealer for requirements. Inspect the brake pads, shoes, rotors, drums, brake linings, hoses and the parking brake. Inspect the engine and secondary coolant concentration, freeze-point protection, coolant level and hoses. Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields. 333 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance 1 At Every Oil Change Interval as Indicated by the Information Display Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tie-rod ends, driveshaft and the Ujoints. Lubricate any components that have grease fittings. Inspect front oil hubs for leaks and check fluid level through hub cap sight glass. 1 Do not exceed one year/10,000 mi (16,000 km) or 350 engine hours between service intervals. 2 Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 229). 3 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. 1 Brake Fluid Maintenance Every 3 Years 2 Change the brake fluid. 1 Perform this maintenance item every 3 years. Do not exceed the designated time for the interval. 2 Brake fluid servicing requires special equipment available at your authorized dealer. 1 Other Maintenance Items Every 22,000 mi (36,000 km) Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel 2 filters. Inspect the engine and secondary cooling system coolant concentration, freeze-point protection, additive, corrosion inhibitor, strength, coolant level, and hoses. Add coolant 3 Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km) Every 45,000 mi (72,000 km) At 90,000 mi (144,000 km) additive if necessary. Note: When adding coolant additive, do not exceed the specified maximum of 47 fl oz (1.4 L) for the engine and 20 fl oz (473 ml) for the secondary cooling system. Operating the engine with excessive coolant additive may cause overheating which could lead to severe, permanent engine damage. Replace the air inlet foam filter. Inspect the accessory drive belt or belts. 334 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing 4 Scheduled Maintenance 1 Other Maintenance Items At 100,000 mi (160,000 km) Change the rear axle fluid. See Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance (page 335). 5 Change the automatic transmission fluid and filter. Consult an authorized dealer for requirements. Every 150,000 mi (240,000 km) Replace the accessory drive belt or belts if not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km). Replace the front wheel bearings and seals. At 200,000 mi (320,000 km) 6 Change the engine and secondary cooling system coolant. 1 You can perform these maintenance items within 3,000 mi (4,800 km) of the last oil change. Do not exceed the designated distance for the interval. 2 Every 22,000 mi (36,000 km) or as indicated by the information display. 3 Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km), 1200 engine hours or as indicated by the information display. 4 Perform follow-up inspections every 15,000 mi (24,000 km) after the initial inspection. Replace the belt or belts at 150,000 mi (240,000 km). 5 Change the fluid again at 150,000 mi (240,000 km). 6 Initial replacement at 10 years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every five years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km). SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE Gasoline Engines If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician. 335 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Towing a Trailer Inspect frequently, service as required Inspect and lubricate the U-joints. See axle maintenance items under Exceptions. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter. or six months Inspect and lubricate U-joints. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Rotate the tires 1and inspect them for wear, and measure the tread depth. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) Replace the spark plugs. Replace the spark plug wires. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use (Such as Delivery, Taxi, Patrol Car or Livery) Short Trips that do not allow the engine to get to operating temperature causing fuel dilution and an increase of the engine oil level Inspect frequently, service as required Replace engine air filter. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the brake system. Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Lubricate the control arm and steering ball joints if equipped with grease fittings. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect and lubricate U-joints. or six months Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km), Change the engine oil and filter. six months or 200 engine hours 336 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use (Such as Delivery, Taxi, Patrol Car or Livery) Short Trips that do not allow the engine to get to operating temperature causing fuel dilution and an increase of the engine oil level Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Rotate the tires1 and inspect them for wear, and measure the tread depth. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) Replace the spark plugs. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads) Inspect frequently, service as required Replace the engine air filter. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter. or six months Inspect and lubricate U-joints. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Rotate the tires1 and inspect them for wear, and measure the tread depth. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. Off-road Operation Inspect frequently, service as required Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints and U-joints, lubricate if equipped with grease fittings. Replace the engine air filter. Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter. or six months 337 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Off-road Operation Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Rotate the tires1 and inspect them for wear, and measure the tread depth. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. Diesel Engine If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician. Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. See the axle maintenance items under Exceptions. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km) or six months, filters. 600 engine hours At 60,000 mi (96,000 km) Flush and refill the coolant. or 2400 engine hours Note: After the initial coolant flush and fill at 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours, flush and fill every 45,000 mi (72,000 km) or 1800 engine hours thereafter. 338 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Frequent or Extended Idling, Over 10 Minutes Per Hour of Normal Driving or Frequent Low-speed Operation if You Use Your Vehicle for Stationary Operation As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 600 engine hours Every 30,000 mi Inspect the coolant concentration, freeze-point protection (48,000 km) or 1200 engine and additive, corrosion inhibitor strength. Add coolant hours additive if necessary. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours Flush and refill the coolant. Do not add coolant additive. Note: When adding coolant additive, do not exceed the specified maximum of 47 fl oz (1.4 L) for the engine and 20 fl oz (473 ml) for the secondary cooling system. Operating the engine with excessive coolant additive may cause overheating which could lead to severe, permanent engine damage. Note: After the initial coolant flush and fill at 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours, flush and fill every 45,000 mi (72,000 km) or 1800 engine hours thereafter. 339 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Frequent Low-speed Operation, Consistent Heavy Traffic Under 25 mph (40 km/h) or Long Rush-hour Traffic As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 600 engine hours Every 30,000 mi Inspect the coolant concentration, freeze-point protection (48,000 km) or 1200 engine and additive, corrosion inhibitor strength. Add coolant hours additive if necessary. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours Flush and refill the coolant. Do not add coolant additive. Note: When adding coolant additive, do not exceed the specified maximum of 47 fl oz (1.4 L) for the engine and 20 fl oz (473 ml) for the secondary cooling system. Operating the engine with excessive coolant additive may cause overheating which could lead to severe, permanent engine damage. Note: After the initial coolant flush and fill at 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours, flush and fill every 45,000 mi (72,000 km) or 1800 engine hours thereafter. 340 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Sustained High-speed Driving at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, Maximum Loaded Weight for Vehicle Operation As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 600 engine hours Every 30,000 mi Inspect the coolant concentration, freeze-point protection (48,000 km) or 1200 engine and additive, corrosion inhibitor strength. Add coolant hours additive if necessary. Every 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours Flush and refill the coolant. Do not add coolant additive. Note: When adding coolant additive, do not exceed the specified maximum of 47 fl oz (1.4 L) for the engine and 20 fl oz (473 ml) for the secondary cooling system. Operating the engine with excessive coolant additive may cause overheating which could lead to severe, permanent engine damage. Note: After the initial coolant flush and fill at 60,000 mi (96,000 km) or 2400 engine hours, flush and fill every 45,000 mi (72,000 km) or 1800 engine hours thereafter. Operating in Sustained Ambient Temperatures Below -9.4°F (-23°C) or Above 100.3°F (38°C) As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 600 engine hours Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions, Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Rotate the tires1, inspect the tires for wear and measure tread depth. Inspect the brake system pads and rotors. Inspect the air filter restriction gauge. Replace the filter if necessary. 341 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions, Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads Inspect the steering and suspension ball joints and tie rods. Lubricate any grease fittings. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km), Change the engine oil and filter.2 six months or 300 engine hours Inspect and lubricate the U-joints. Every 15,000 mi (24,000 km), 6 months or 600 engine hours Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel filters. Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km) Replace the air inlet foam filter. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. 2 Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. Off-road Operation As required Inspect functional holes in each leg of the twin exhaust tips and the holes under the shield just inboard of the right rear tire to make sure they are clean and clear of debris or foreign materials. Refer to the Vehicle Care chapter of your owner’s manual for more information. Inspect the steering and suspension ball joints and tie rods. Lubricate any grease fittings. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km), Rotate the tires1, inspect the tires for wear and measure six months or 300 engine tread depth. hours Inspect the brake system pads and rotors. Inspect the air filter restriction gauge. Replace the filter if necessary. Every 7,500 mi (12,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter.2 or 300 engine hours 342 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Off-road Operation Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 600 engine hours Every 30,000 mi (48,000 km) Replace the air inlet foam filter. 1 Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear. 2 Reset the Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after engine oil and filter changes. Using Biodiesel, up to and Including 20% Biodiesel (B20) As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the instrument cluster display, and perform the services listed in the scheduled maintenance chart. Every 15,000 mi Replace the engine-mounted and frame-mounted fuel (24,000 km), six months or filters. 300 engine hours Using Fuel Other Than Ultra-low Sulfur Diesel Fuel - Vehicles Operated Where Ultra-low Sulfur Diesel Fuel is not Required or Available Every 2,500 mi (4,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter. or three months (if using high sulfur fuel with more than 500 ppm sulfur) Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Change the engine oil and filter. or six months (if using high sulfur fuel with fewer than 500 ppm sulfur) Exceptions There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule: 343 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Scheduled Maintenance Rear Axle Maintenance Diesel Particulate Filter A rear axle fluid change or level check is not required unless you suspect a leak or the assembly has been submerged in water. During long periods of trailer towing with outside temperatures above 70°F (21°C), and at wide-open throttle for long periods above 45 mph (72 km/h), change the rear axle fluid every 24,000 mi (38,000 km) or three months, whichever comes first. Over time, a slight amount of ash builds up in the diesel particulate filter, which is not removed during the regeneration process. The filter may need to be replaced with a new or remanufactured part at approximately 250,000 mi (400,000 km). Actual mileage varies depending on engine and vehicle operating conditions. In this case, the engine control system sets a service light (wrench icon) to inform you to bring your vehicle to the dealer for service. If there are any issues with the oxidation catalyst or particulate filter system, a service light (wrench or engine icon) sets by the engine control system to inform you to bring your vehicle into a dealer for service. California Fuel Filter Replacement If you register your vehicle in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle's useful life. We, however, urge you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service. Hot Climate Oil Change Intervals The normal oil change interval is 3,000 mi (5,000 km) for gasoline vehicles operating in the Middle East, North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using American Petroleum Institute (API) oils Certified for Gasoline Engines and displaying the API Certification Mark. If API Certified Oils are not available, then it is acceptable to use API SM or SN oils. If API oils are not available, then the oil change interval is 1,750 mi (3,000 km). Engine Air Filter Replacement The life of the engine air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter and cabin air filter. 344 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information ROLLOVER WARNING RADIO FREQUENCY CERTIFICATION LABELS WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. CRUISE CONTROL MODULE Argentina WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death. WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seatbelt. E308030 Brazil WARNING: Do not become overconfident in the ability of four-wheel drive vehicles. Although a four-wheel drive vehicle may accelerate better than a two-wheel drive vehicle in low traction situations, it won't stop any faster than two-wheel drive vehicles. Always drive at a safe speed. E340118 Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets, highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. Djibouti E342394 345 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information Ghana Malaysia E339836 E340191 RALM/61A/0318/S(18-0852) Indonesia Mauritania E342395 Jamaica E340190 Moldova E340518 E337971 346 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information Morocco Serbia E308040 E340192 Pakistan Singapore E342396 E340193 Paraguay South Africa E308039 E340194 347 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information South Korea Ukraine E308043 E339675 R-CMM-DLH-L2C0065TR United Arab Emirates Syria E342397 Taiwan, China E308044 United States and Canada WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. E340195 FCC ID: L2C0065TR IC: 3432A-0065TR 348 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada’s licence-exempt RSS(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and 2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The following California Warranty Statement, required by California regulations, applies to vehicles certified to California emissions standards and registered in a state that requires California emissions warranty. If applicable, additional California Emissions Warranties can be found in the Warranty Guide at www.owner.ford.com. Zambia YOUR WARRANTY RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS CALIFORNIA EMISSION CONTROL WARRANTY STATEMENT The California Air Resources Board and Ford Motor Company are pleased to explain the emission control system warranty on your (year) vehicle. In California, new motor vehicles must be designated, built and equipped to meet the State's stringent anti-smog standards. Ford Motor Company must warrant the emission control system on your vehicle for the periods of time listed below provided there has been no abuse, neglect or improper maintenance of your vehicle. E340196 Your emission control system may include parts such as the carburetor or fuel-injection system, the ignition system, catalytic converter and engine computer. Also included may be hoses, belts, connectors and other emission-related assemblies. Where a warrantable condition exists, Ford Motor Company will repair your vehicle at no cost to you including diagnosis, parts and labor. WARRANTY INFORMATION The following warranties may apply to your vehicle: • • • New vehicle limited warranties. Emissions warranties, if applicable. (Note: Fully-electric vehicles are not eligible for emissions warranties.) Other warranties, if applicable. MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY COVERAGE: Detailed warranty information specific to your vehicle can be found in the Warranty Guide at www.owner.ford.com. (For 1990 and subsequent model passenger cars, light-duty trucks, and medium-duty vehicles.) - For 3 years or 50,000 miles (whichever occurs first); 349 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Customer Information 1) If your vehicle fails a Smog Check inspection, all necessary repairs and adjustments will be made by Ford Motor Company to ensure that your emission control system PERFORMANCE WARRANTY. If you have any questions regarding your warranty rights and responsibilities, you should contact Ford Customer Service at 1-800-392-3673 or the California Air Resource Board at 9528 Telstar Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731. 2) If any emission-related part on your vehicle is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is your short-term emission control system DEFECTS WARRANTY. - For 7 years or 70,000 miles (whichever occurs first); 1) If an emission-related part listed in this warranty booklet specially noted with coverage for 7 years or 70,000 miles is defective, the part will be repaired or replaced by Ford Motor Company. This is your long-term emission control system DEFECTS WARRANTY. OWNER'S WARRANTY RESPONSIBILITIES: - As the vehicle owner, you are responsible for the performance of the required maintenance listed in your owner's manual. Ford Motor Company recommends that you retain all receipts covering maintenance on your vehicle, but Ford Motor Company cannot deny warranty solely for the lack of receipts or for your failure to ensure the performance of all scheduled maintenance. - You are responsible for presenting your vehicle to a Ford or Lincoln dealer as soon as a problem exists. The warranty repairs should be completed in a reasonable amount of time, not to exceed 30 days. - As the vehicle owner, you should also be aware that Ford Motor Company may deny you warranty coverage if your vehicle or a part has failed due to abuse, neglect, improper maintenance or unapproved modifications. 350 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Note: We test and certify your vehicle to meet electromagnetic compatibility legislation. It is your responsibility to make sure that any equipment an authorized dealer installs on your vehicle complies with applicable local legislation and other requirements. Installation of some aftermarket electronic devices could degrade the performance of vehicle functions, which use radio frequency signals such as broadcast radio receiver, tire pressure monitoring system, push button start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite navigation. ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY WARNING: Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash. WARNING: Do not fasten antenna cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes. Note: Any radio frequency transmitter equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular telephones and amateur radio transmitters) must keep to the parameters in the following illustrations and table. We do not provide any other special provisions or conditions for installations or use. WARNING: Keep antenna and power cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from any electronic modules and airbags. Car/SUV E239120 351 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Van E239122 Truck E239121 352 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Frequency Band MHz Maximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS) Antenna Positions 1-30 50 1 50-54 50 2, 3 68-87 50 2, 3 142-176 50 2, 3 380-512 50 2, 3 806-870 10 2, 3 353 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices • END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT SYNC End User License Agreement (EULA) • • You have acquired a device ("DEVICE") that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates ("FORD MOTOR COMPANY") from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation ("MS") . Those installed software products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("MS SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY. The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("FORD SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. • IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("EULA") DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT). GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license: • 354 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers. The additional software and services of third party origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and "online" or electronic documentation ("THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE") are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved. The MS SOFTWARE, FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as "SOFTWARE". You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers. Appendices Description of Other Rights and Limitations • • • • • Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process. Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Decompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation. Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation. Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE. • • 355 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE. Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA. Security Updates/Digital Rights Management: Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property, included copyrighted content. Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. This action does not affect unprotected content. When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content. If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade. Appendices • • • Consent to Use of Data: You agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you. Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE. Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE ("Supplemental Components"). If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply. If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components, and no other EULA terms are provided, then the terms of this EULA shall apply, except that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component(s) shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component(s). FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE. 356 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices • • Links to Third Party Sites: The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE. The third party sites are not under the control of MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for (i) the contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or (ii) webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent. Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS: All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and "applets" incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or their affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service providers, their affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation. UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA: If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled "For Upgrade Purposes Only" or "For Recovery Purposes Only" you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information, see: 357 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices • Website http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/ Adobe TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, third party software or service providers, their affiliates or suppliers. Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or [AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated. This [Licensee Product] contains [Adobe® Flash® Player] [Adobe® AIR®] software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated, Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation, or their affiliates or subsidiaries. For product support, please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. End User Notice Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement. Any removal, reproduction, reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action. No Liability for Certain Damages: EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S. $250.00). Read and follow instructions: Before using your Windows Automotive- based system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual ("User's Guide"). Not following precautions found in this User's Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences. 358 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE. Appendices Keep User's Guide in vehicle: When kept in the vehicle, the User's Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive-based system. Please make certain that before using the system for the first time, all persons have access to the User's Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully. Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident. Use of Speech Recognition Functions: Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors. WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving. Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully. Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations. General Operation Voice Command Control: Functions within the Windows Automotive-based system may be accomplished using only voice commands. Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel. Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices. Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time. 359 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. conditions, all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement. Additionally, all of your account information, as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav (directly or through the use of the Telenav Software, is subject to Telenav’s privacy policy located at http://www.telenav.com. Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy. Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes. 1. Safe and Lawful Use You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software: (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely; (b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement; (e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag). Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features. Telenav Software End User License Agreement Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software. Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the Telenav Software. These terms and conditions represent the agreement (“Agreement”) between you and Telenav, Inc. (“Telenav”) with respect to the Telenav Software (including upgrades, modifications, or additions thereto) (collectively “Telenav Software”). All references herein to “you” and “your” means you, your employees, agents, and contractors, and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and 360 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above. copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software; or (e) use the Telenav Software in any manner that (i) infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, (ii) violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav. 2. Account Information You agree: (a) when registering the Telenav Software, to provide Telenav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete. 3. Software License Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, Telenav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive, non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the Telenav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the Telenav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties. 4. Disclaimers To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will Telenav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software. Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas. 3.1 License Limitations You agree not to do any of the following: (a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav; (c) remove from the Telenav Software, or alter, any of Telenav’s or its suppliers’ trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or 361 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you. THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU. 6. Arbitration and Governing Law You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial. 5. Limitation of Liability TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV’S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR 7. Assignment You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the 362 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to Telenav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement. Notices by posting them on Telenav’s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software. 8.4 Telenav’s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party’s right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself. 8. Miscellaneous 8.1 8.5 This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof. If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect. 8.2 Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, Telenav retains all right, title and interest in and to the Telenav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement. 8.6 The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” 8.3 9. Other Vendors Terms and Conditions By using the Telenav Software, you consent to receive from Telenav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software (collectively, “Notices”) electronically. Telenav may provide such The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this 363 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Agreement), and thus your use of the Telenav Software is also subject to such terms. You agree to comply with the following additional terms and conditions, which are applicable to Telenav’s third party vendor licensors: 9.2 End User Terms Required by NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and NAV2 (Shanghai) Co., Ltd (“NAV2”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. 9.1 End User Terms Required by HERE North America, LLC The data (“Data”) is provided for your personal, internal use only and not for resale. It is protected by copyright, and is subject to the following terms and conditions which are agreed to by you, on the one hand, and Telenav (“Telenav”) and its licensors (including their licensors and suppliers) on the other hand. © 20xx. All rights reserved. Permitted Use. You agree to use this Data together with the Telenav Software solely for the internal business and personal purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble, create any derivative works of, or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. © 2013 HERE. All rights reserved. The Data for areas of Canada includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including: © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of Natural Resources Canada. HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information. Restrictions. ©United States Postal Service® 2014. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by Telenav, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not use this Data (a) with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any The Data for Mexico includes certain data from Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía. TERMS AND CONDITIONS 364 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Disclaimer of Liability: positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free. TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you. Disclaimer of Warranty: Export Control. TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results. No Warranty. 365 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. NOTICE OF USE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606 Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided. © 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved. Governing Law. If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder. I. US/Canada Territory A. United States Data. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices: “HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.” Government End Users. If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice: “©United States Postal Service® 20XX. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.” 366 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices 2. Copyright Notice: In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rights reserved.” B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors (“Third Party Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”): 1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions: a. Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. 3. End-User Terms: Except as otherwise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reasonably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan: b. Limitation on Liability: The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable: (i) in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or (ii) in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data. The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, 367 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data. End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data. II. Mexico. The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico, which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”): A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice: “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” III. Latin America Territory A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Notice Ecuador “INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO MILITAR DEL ECUADOR AUTORIZACION N° IGM2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE ENERO DE 2011” “source: © IGN 2009 - BD TOPO ®” Guadeloupe, French Guiana and Martinique Mexico 4. Additional Provisions: The terms contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall prevail. “Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía)” IV. Middle East Territory 368 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Territory Appendices A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Country Notice Jordan “© Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre”. The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agreement. If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees (if any) fail to meet such requirement, HERE shall have the right to terminate Client’s license with respect to the Jordan Data. V. Europe Territory A. Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe 1. General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory, Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights. 2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User: “Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Ministerie van de Vlaamse Gemeenschap and the Ministèrie de l’Equipement et des Transports.” B. Jordan Data. Client and its permitted sublicensees (if any) are restricted from licensing and/or otherwise distributing HERE’s database for the country of Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geomarketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business asset management applications, call center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services. B. Paper Maps. With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client’s complying with the OS copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic 369 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.; (c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s obtaining a permit from Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, Nationaal Geografisch Instituut of Belgium, Bundesamt für Landestopografie of Switzerland, Bundesamt für Eich-und Vermessungswesen of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden. Austria Croatia Cyprus, Estonia, Latvia, Lithuania, Moldova, Poland, Slovenia and/or Ukraine C. OS Enforcement. Without limiting Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section IV(D) below) and paper map requirements (see Section IV(B) above) contained in this Agreement. D. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Country(ies) Notice 370 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing “© Bundesamt für Eichund Vermessungswesen” “© EuroGeographics” France “source: © IGN 2009 – BD TOPO ®” Germany “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit Genehmigung der zuständigen Behörden entnommen” Great Britain “Contains Ordnance Survey data © Crown copyright and database right 2010 Contains Royal Mail data © Royal Mail copyright and database right 2010” Greece “Copyright Geomatics Ltd.” Hungary “Copyright © 2003; TopMap Ltd.” Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è stata prodotta usando quale riferimento anche cartografia numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita dalla Regione Toscana.” Norway “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping Authority” Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal” Appendices Spain “Información geográfica propiedad del CNIG” Sweden “Based upon electronic data © National Land Survey Sweden.” Product incorporates data which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd and Continental Pty Ltd. B. Third Party Notices for Australia. In addition to the foregoing, the End-User Terms for any Application containing RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall contain the following notice: “Product incorporates traffic location codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.” Switzerland “Topografische Grundlage: © Bundesamt für Landestopographie. E. Respective Country Distribution. Client acknowledges that HERE has not received approvals to distribute map data for the following countries in such respective countries: Albania, Belarus, Kyrgyzstan, Moldova and Uzbekistan. HERE may update such list from time to time. The license rights granted to Client under this TL with respect to the Data for such countries are contingent upon Client’s compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, including, without limitation, any required licenses or approvals to distribute the Application incorporating such Data in such respective countries. VII. China Territory Personal Use Only You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of Client Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. VI. Australia Territory A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy: Restrictions Copyright. Based on data provided under license from PSMA Australia Limited (www.psma.com.au). Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NAV2 , and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) 371 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices No Other Warranty: with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if you fail to comply with these terms and conditions. EXCEPT FOR THE LMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. Limited Warranty NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt, and (b) any support services provided by NAV2 shall be substantially as described in applicable written materials provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will make commercially reasonable efforts to solve any problem issues. Limited Liability: TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFROMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’s OR ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you. rigCustomer Remedies NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s sole discretion, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Data has resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any replacement Data will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by NAV2 are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source. 372 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Export Control Gracenote® Copyright You agree not to export to anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations. CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents #5,987,525, #6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132, #6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459, #6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523. IP Protection The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers and are protected by applicable copyright and other intellectual property law and treaties. The Data are provided solely on the basis of a license to use, not sale. Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Gracenote™" logo are trademarks of Gracenote. Entire Agreement These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NAV2(and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter. Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA) This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote (the "Gracenote Software") enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information ("Gracenote Data") from online servers ("Gracenote Servers"), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this device. Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder shall be submitted to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration. This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote's providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote. 373 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote ("Gracenote Content") , Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU "AS IS". NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVE THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES' RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER. You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote, respectively, reserve all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company's own name. Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy. © Gracenote 2007. 374 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Appendices Vehicle with SYNC only United States and Mexico FCC ID: KMHSG1G1 IC: 1422A-SG1G1 Mexico Model: KMHSG1P1 NOM-121-SCT1-2009 The operation of this equipment is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This equipment or device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this equipment or device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Vehicle with SYNC with Touchscreen/My Touch FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2 IC: 1422A-SYNCG2 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate the equipment. The term "IC:" before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met. The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. 375 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing 376 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index 2 What Is Automatic Crash Shutoff................195 Automatic High Beam Control..................57 Automatic Transmission...........................130 Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification - Diesel.....................307 Automatic Transmission Fluid Capacity and Specification - Gasoline...............308 Automatic Transmission Fluid Check.............................................................243 Auxiliary Power Points.................................96 Auxiliary Switches........................................321 Axle Inspection.............................................259 2-Speed Rear Axle.......................................136 A A/C See: Climate Control..........................................86 About This Manual...........................................7 ABS See: Brakes...........................................................139 ABS driving hints See: Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes................................................................140 B Accessories.....................................................321 Accessories Battery See: Changing the 12V Battery.....................246 See: Replacement Parts Recommendation............................................15 Bonnet Lock See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........223 ACC Booster Seats..................................................33 Brake Fluid Check........................................245 Brake Fluid Specification.........................309 Brakes...............................................................139 See: Using Adaptive Cruise Control.............159 Adjusting the Headlamps........................248 Adjusting the Steering Wheel....................52 Air Brakes.........................................................144 Air Conditioning General Information..........................................139 Brake System Inspection..........................256 Breaking-In.....................................................188 Bulb Specification Chart..........................296 See: Climate Control..........................................86 Air Conditioning System Capacity and Specification - 6.7L Diesel....................305 Air Conditioning System Capacity and Specification - 7.3L..................................306 Air Filter C See: Changing the Engine Air Filter - 6.7L Diesel.................................................................230 See: Changing the Engine Air Filter 7.3L......................................................................232 Canceling the Set Speed...........................159 Capacities and Specifications.................291 Car Wash Air Induction System Inspection............255 Air Suspension...............................................179 Appendices.....................................................351 At a Glance.......................................................24 Audible Warnings and Indicators.............70 Audio Input Jack............................................319 Audio System.................................................315 Catalytic Converter.......................................118 Changing a Bulb..........................................250 Changing a Fuse.............................................211 Changing a Road Wheel............................287 Changing the 12V Battery.........................246 Changing the Engine Air Filter - 6.7L Diesel.............................................................230 Changing the Engine Air Filter 7.3L..................................................................232 Changing the Engine-Mounted and Diesel Fuel Conditioner Module Fuel Filters - 6.7L Diesel....................................251 Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter...............................................................228 See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................263 General Information..........................................315 Audio Unit........................................................315 Autolamps........................................................56 Automatic Crash Shutoff..........................195 Automatic Crash Shutoff Precautions......................................................195 Re-Enabling Your Vehicle................................195 377 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index Changing the Wiper Blades.....................250 Charging a Device..........................................98 Checking the Wiper Blades.....................249 Child Restraint and Seatbelt Maintenance.................................................45 Child Restraint Positioning.........................35 Child Safety......................................................25 Crash and Breakdown Information.......194 Automatic Crash Shutoff................................195 Cruise Control................................................158 Cruise Control Indicators...........................159 Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Adaptive Cruise Control...............................................52 Cruise Control - Vehicles With: Cruise Control.............................................................52 Customer Assistance.................................196 Customer Information...............................345 General Information............................................25 Child Safety Locks.........................................36 Cleaning Products.......................................262 Cleaning the Engine...................................264 Cleaning the Exterior..................................263 Cleaning the Instrument Panel and Instrument Cluster Lens........................266 Cleaning the Interior...................................265 Cleaning the Wheels..................................266 Cleaning the Windows and Wiper Blades...........................................................265 Climate Control..............................................86 Cold Weather Precautions - 6.7L Diesel..............................................................187 Cold Weather Precautions - 7.3L............188 Connected Vehicle.......................................314 Radio Frequency Certification Labels................................................................345 D Data Recording..................................................11 Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Configurable Daytime Running Lamps..............................................................57 Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).............57 Diesel Exhaust Fluid Capacity and Specification...............................................307 Diesel Particulate Filter..............................124 Direction Indicators.......................................58 Doors and Locks.............................................49 Draining the Fuel Filter Water Trap - 6.7L Diesel.............................................................234 Driver Alert......................................................166 Driving Aids.....................................................166 Driving Hints...................................................186 Driving Through Water...............................189 DRL Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting.............................................314 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network.............................................................314 Connected Vehicle Limitations...............314 Connected Vehicle Requirements..........314 Connected Vehicle – Troubleshooting.........................................314 Connected Vehicle – Frequently Asked Questions.........................................................314 Connecting a Bluetooth® Device...........318 Connecting the Vehicle to a Mobile Network.........................................................314 See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Configurable Daytime Running Lamps....57 See: Daytime Running Lamps - Vehicles With: Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).................57 Connecting FordPass to the Modem..........314 Enabling and Disabling the Modem............314 What Is the Modem...........................................314 E Coolant Check Economical Driving......................................187 Electrical System Inspection...................254 Electromagnetic Compatibility...............351 Emission Law...................................................117 End User License Agreement.................354 Engine Block Heater....................................105 Engine Coolant Check - 6.7L Diesel.............................................................235 See: Engine Coolant Check - 6.7L Diesel.................................................................235 See: Engine Coolant Check - 7.3L................238 Cooling System Capacity and Specification - 6.7L Diesel......................301 Cooling System Capacity and Specification - 7.3L...................................302 378 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index G Engine Coolant Check - 7.3L....................238 Engine Emission Control.............................117 Engine Idle Shutdown................................105 Engine Immobilizer Gauges...............................................................64 Gearbox See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................51 See: Transmission..............................................130 Engine Oil Capacity and Specification 6.7L Diesel...................................................296 Engine Oil Capacity and Specification 7.3L.................................................................299 Engine Oil Check...........................................227 Engine Oil Dipstick - 6.7L Diesel.............227 Engine Oil Dipstick - 7.3L...........................227 Engine Specifications - 6.7L Diesel........291 Engine Specifications - 7.3L.....................292 Entering, Exiting or Climbing on This Vehicle..............................................................18 Environment.....................................................22 Essential Towing Checks...........................183 Event Data Recording General Driving Points................................186 General Information on Radio Frequencies...................................................46 General Maintenance Information........325 Getting Assistance Outside the U.S. and Canada..........................................................199 Getting the Services You Need...............196 H Handbrake See: Parking Brake.............................................140 Hazard Flashers............................................190 Headlamp Adjusting See: Data Recording..............................................11 See: Adjusting the Headlamps.....................248 Exhaust Brake................................................145 Exhaust System Inspection.....................255 Export Unique Options.................................18 Exterior Mirrors.................................................61 Headlamp Exit Delay....................................56 Headlamp Removal See: Removing a Headlamp..........................250 Headrest See: Head Restraints..........................................89 F Head Restraints..............................................89 Heated Exterior Mirrors................................88 Heating Fastening the Seatbelts..............................39 Federal Highway Administration Regulation.......................................................18 Fifth Wheel Operation................................184 Flat Tire See: Climate Control..........................................86 Hill Start Assist - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes........................................143 Hints on Controlling the Interior Climate............................................................87 Hints on Driving With Anti-Lock Brakes............................................................140 Hood Lock See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Ford Credit.........................................................15 Ford Protect...................................................323 Frame and Tow Hook Inspection..........260 Front Seat Armrest........................................95 Fuel and Refueling.......................................107 Fuel Consumption.........................................115 Fuel Filter - 7.3L............................................249 Fuel Quality - Diesel....................................108 Fuel Quality - Gasoline.................................111 Fuel Tank Capacity - Diesel.....................303 Fuel Tank Capacity - Gasoline...............304 Fuel Tank Selector Switch.........................116 Fuses................................................................202 Fuse Specification Chart..........................202 See: Opening and Closing the Hood...........223 Horn.....................................................................53 How Does the Pneumatic Locking Differential Work........................................137 Hydraulic Power Steering Fluid Capacity and Specification.......................................312 I Ignition Switch................................................101 In California (U.S. Only)..............................197 Information Display Control.......................53 379 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index N Information Displays......................................71 General Information.............................................71 Information Messages..................................75 Installing Child Restraints............................27 Instrument Cluster........................................64 Instrument Lighting Dimmer.....................56 Instrument Panel............................................24 Interior Lamps.................................................58 Interior Mirror...................................................63 Introduction.........................................................7 Noise Pollution Control................................22 Normal Scheduled Maintenance..........330 J Jump Starting the Vehicle.........................190 Opening and Closing the Hood..............223 Ordering Additional Owner's Literature.....................................................200 Overhead Console.......................................100 K P Keys and Remote Controls........................46 Parking Aids....................................................157 Parking Brake.................................................140 Passive Anti-Theft System..........................51 PATS O Oil Change Indicator Reset......................229 Oil Check See: Engine Oil Check.......................................227 L Lane Keeping System..................................167 Lighting Control..............................................55 Lighting..............................................................55 See: Passive Anti-Theft System......................51 Perchlorate........................................................15 Playing Media From a USB Device.........318 Playing Media Using the USB Port..........98 Pneumatic Locking Differential Indicators......................................................138 Pneumatic Locking Differential...............137 Pneumatic Locking Differential Precautions..................................................137 Power Door Locks General Information............................................55 Load Carrying.................................................178 Load Limit........................................................178 Locating the USB Ports...............................98 Locking and Unlocking.................................49 Lug Nuts See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 See: Locking and Unlocking.............................49 M Power Seats.....................................................92 Power Steering Fluid Check....................246 Power Take-Off.............................................135 Power Windows.............................................60 Pre-Collision Assist - Vehicles With: Air Brakes.............................................................170 Pre-Collision Assist - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes.........................................173 Protecting the Environment.......................22 Puncture Maintenance..................................................222 General Information..........................................222 Manual Climate Control..............................86 Manual Seats....................................................91 Message Center See: Information Displays..................................71 Mirrors See: Windows and Mirrors...............................60 Mobile Communications Equipment.......17 Motorcraft Parts - 6.7L Diesel.................293 Motorcraft Parts - 7.3L...............................295 See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 380 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index R Seatbelts...........................................................38 Principle of Operation........................................38 Seatbelt Warning Lamp and Indicator Chime..............................................................43 Seats...................................................................89 Security...............................................................51 Selective Catalytic Reductant System Diesel.............................................................120 Setting the Cruise Control Speed..........158 Sitting in the Correct Position...................89 Snow Chains Radio Frequency Certification Labels............................................................345 Cruise Control Module.....................................345 Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification - Diesel..............................309 Rear Axle Fluid Capacity and Specification - Gasoline...........................311 Rear Axle Fluid Check................................260 Rear Axle..........................................................136 See: Using Snow Chains.................................287 General Information..........................................136 Spare Wheel Rear Seat Armrest.........................................95 Rear Seats........................................................94 Rear View Camera........................................157 Rear View Camera See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Special Notices................................................16 Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance...............................................335 Speed Control See: Rear View Camera....................................157 Recommended Towing Weights............182 Refueling - Diesel...........................................112 Refueling - Gasoline.....................................114 Remote Control...............................................47 Removing a Headlamp.............................250 Repairing Minor Paint Damage..............266 Replacement Parts Recommendation........................................15 Replacing a Lost Key or Remote Control............................................................48 Reporting Safety Defects (Canada Only)...............................................................201 Reporting Safety Defects (U.S. Only).............................................................200 Resuming the Set Speed...........................159 Roadside Assistance...................................194 Roadside Emergencies..............................190 Rollover Warning.........................................345 Running-In See: Cruise Control............................................158 Spring U-Bolt Check....................................261 Stability Control............................................153 Principle of Operation - Vehicles With: Air Brakes................................................................154 Principle of Operation - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes............................................153 Starter Switch See: Ignition Switch............................................101 Starting a Diesel Engine.............................103 Starting a Gasoline Engine.......................102 Starting and Stopping the Engine..........101 General Information...........................................101 Steering............................................................170 Steering System Inspection....................259 Steering Wheel................................................52 Storage Compartments............................100 Streaming Bluetooth Audio......................318 Sun Visors.........................................................63 Suspension System Inspection.............260 Switching Cruise Control On and Off...................................................................158 Switching Off the Engine..........................104 Switching the Pneumatic Locking Differential On and Off............................137 Symbols Glossary...........................................19 Symbols Used on Your Vehicle..................19 See: Breaking-In..................................................188 Running Out of Fuel - Diesel......................112 Running Out of Fuel - Gasoline................112 S Safety Precautions.......................................107 Scheduled Maintenance...........................325 Seatbelt Extensions......................................45 Seatbelt Height Adjustment......................42 Seatbelt Reminder........................................43 381 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing Index T Ventilation See: Climate Control..........................................86 Technical Specifications W See: Capacities and Specifications.............291 The Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program (U.S. Only).......................198 Tire Care..........................................................269 Tires Warning Lamps and Indicators.................67 Warranty Information................................349 Washer Fluid Check....................................249 Washer Fluid Specification.....................306 Washers See: Wheels and Tires.....................................269 Towing a Trailer..............................................181 Towing Points................................................193 Towing...............................................................181 Traction Control.............................................151 See: Cleaning the Exterior..............................263 See: Wipers and Washers.................................54 Trailer Brakes..................................................147 Transmission..................................................130 Transporting the Vehicle............................192 Waxing.............................................................264 What Is Cruise Control...............................158 What Is the Pneumatic Locking Differential....................................................137 Wheel Nuts U Wheels and Tires.........................................269 Principle of Operation........................................151 See: Changing a Road Wheel........................287 Technical Specifications.................................289 Windows and Mirrors...................................60 Windshield Washers.....................................54 Windshield Wipers........................................54 Wiper Blades Under Hood Overview - 6.7L Diesel.............................................................225 Under Hood Overview - 7.3L....................226 USB Ports.........................................................98 USB Port.........................................................320 Using Adaptive Cruise Control................159 Using Snow Chains.....................................287 Using Stability Control................................155 Using Traction Control - Vehicles With: Air Brakes.......................................................151 Using Traction Control - Vehicles With: Hydraulic Brakes.........................................151 Using Voice Recognition...........................320 See: Checking the Wiper Blades..................249 Wipers and Washers.....................................54 V Vehicle Care...................................................262 General Information.........................................262 Vehicle Identification Number.................313 Locating the Vehicle Identification Number..............................................................313 Vehicle Identification Number Overview...........................................................313 Vehicle Identification...................................313 Vehicle Identification Number.......................313 Vehicle Inspection Guide...........................213 Vehicle Inspection Information...............213 Vehicle Storage.............................................267 382 2024 F-650/750 (TBC) , enUSA, Edition date: 202210, First-Printing